Federal Committee on Statistical Methodology
Office of Management and Budget
FCSM Home ^
Methodology Reports ^

 

  Statistical Policy Working Paper 6 - Report on Statistical Uses of Administrative Records


Click HERE for graphic.

 

 

 

 

 

Statistical Policy

Working Paper

 

Report on

Statistical Uses Of

Administrative Records

 

Prepared by

Subcommittee on Statistical Uses of Administrative Records



Federal Committee on Statistical Methodology

 

 

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Philip M. Klutznick, Secretary

Luther H. Hodges, Jr., Deputy Secretary

Courtenay M. Slater, Chief Economist

 



Office of Federal Statistical Policy and Standards

Joseph W. Duncan, Director

 

Issued:   December 1980

 

 

 

 

 



Statistical Policy Working Papers are a series of technical

documents prepared under the auspices of the Office of Federal

Statistical Policy and Standards.  These documents are the product

of working groups or task forces, as noted in the Preface to each

report.



 



These Statistical Policy Working Papers are published for the

purpose of encouraging further discussion of the technical issues

and to stimulate policy actions which flow from the technical

findings and recommendations.  Readers of Statistical Policy

Working Papers are encouraged to communicate directly with the

Office of Federal Statistical Policy and Standards With additional

views, suggestions, or technical concerns.

 

 

Office of                                                 W. Duncan

Federal Statistical                                        Director

Policy and Standards

 

           For sale by the Superintendent of Documents,

                  U.S. Government Printing Office

                      Washington, D.C. 20402



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                   Office of Federal Statistical

 

                       Policy and Standards



 

                    Joseph W. Duncan, Director

 

     Katherine K. Wallman, Deputy Director, Social Statistics

      Gaylord E. Worden, Deputy Director, Economic Statistics

                  Maria E. Gonzalez, Chairperson,

               Committee on Statistical Methodology

 

                              Preface

 

      This working paper was by the members of the Subcommittee on

Statistical Uses of Administrative Records, Committee on

Statistical Methodology.  The Subcommittee was chaired by Daniel H.

Garnick, Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce.  The

members of the subcommittee are the authors of this report, their

names are listed below.

 

     The first portion of this report provides a review of major

administrative report files pertaining to individuals and to

businesses.  Major statistical uses of administrative records are

outlined, including: (1) direct use of the records to obtain

statistics and to supplement existing data via expanding coverage

or content; and (2) technical uses of the data for constructing

sampling frames, quality control, improving on procedures, and data

evaluation.  New developments in data from business establishment

reporting and a number of potential uses of administrative records

for data linkage are described.  Technical problems in the

statistical use of administrative records, including coverage,

comparability, error and timing of data are discussed.  the final

section of the report covers various in accessing administrative

records for statistical purposes.



     While much statistical use of administrative records is

currently made in Federal agencies, this report is intended to

inform managerial and technical staffs of the vast potential as

well as difficulties entailed in augmenting current uses of

administrative records for statistical purposes.  The Office of   

Statistical Policy and Standards hopes to organize, with the help

of Subcommittee members, seminars with Federal employers to

disseminate the findings of this report. The implementation of the

recommendations in report will be explored by the Office of

Statistical Policy and Standards.



 

 

 

 

 



            Members of the Subcommittee on Statistical

                  Uses Of Administrative Records.

                            (June 1980)

 



Daniel H. Garnick* (Chair)



Bureau of Economic Analysis (Commerce)

 

Lois Alexander

Social Security Administration (HHS)

 

Paul A. Armknecht

Bureau of Labor Statistics (Labor)

 

David V. Bateman

Bureau of the Census (Commerce)

 

Lawrence A. Blum

Bureau of the Census (Commerce)

 

Warren L. Buckler

Social Security Administration (HHS)

 

David W. Cartwright

Bureau of Economic Analysis (Commerce)

 

John DiPaolo

Internal Revenue Service (Treasury)

 

Maria E. Gonzalez* (ex officio)

Office of Federal Statistical Policy & Standards (Commerce)

 

John A. Gorman

Bureau of Economic Analysis (Commerce)

 

David A. Hirshberg

Small Business Administration

 

Beth A. Kilss

Social Security Administration (HHS)

 

J. Knott

Bureau of the Census (Commerce)

 

Bruce Levine

Bureau of Economic Analysis (Commerce)

 

Nash J. Monsour

Bureau of the Census (Commerce)

 

Allan Olson

Economic Development Administration (Commerce)

 

Elizabeth H. Queen

Bureau of Economic Analysis (Commerce)

 

Vernon Renshaw

Bureau of Economic Analysis (Commerce)

 



Fritz J. Scheuren*



Social Security Administration (HHS)



 



Daniel F. Skelly



Internal Revenue Service (Treasury)



 



Hyman Steinberg



U.S. Postal Service



 



 



Additional Contributors to the Report on Statistical Uses of



Administrative Records



 



Jeanne E. Griffith



Office of Statistical Policy and Standards (Commerce)



 



Daniel Kasprzyk



Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (HHS)



 



Susan Miskura



Bureau of the Census (Commerce)



 



 



* Member, Committee on Statistical Methodology



 



                                ii



 



 



 



 



 



                          Acknowledgments



 



The body of this report is the collective effort of the



Subcommittee on Statistical Uses of Administrative Records. 



Although the subcommittee members reviewed and commented on all



parts of this report, specific individuals were responsible for



preparing the various sections.  In the case of Chapter VI, the



subcommittee benefitted from the expertise and contribution of



several additional persons in preparing the case studies.  The



authors of the chapters appear below:



 



Chapter                       Authors



I         Daniel Garnick, Maria Gonzalez, Vernon Renshaw, Lois



          Alexander, David Hirschberg, Fritz Schuren



II        Vernon Renshaw, David Hirschberg, Daniel Garnick



III       Joseph Knott, Lawrence Blum, Waken Buckler, Vernon



          Renshaw, Fritz Scheuren



IV        Vernon Renshaw, David Cartwright, Nash Monsour, Lawrence



          Blum, John Gorman, Daniel Skelly, John DiPaolo, Warren



          Buckler, Elizabeth Queen



V         Lawrence Blum, Paul Armknecht, Warren Buckler, David



          Cartwright, Vernon Renshaw



VI        Fritz Scheuren, Beth Kilss, Jeanne Griffith, Daniel



          Kasprzyk, David Bateman, Sue Miskura, Maria Gonzalez



VII       David Cartwright, Vernon Renshaw, Bruce Levine, Warren



          Buckler, Fritz Scheuren



VIII      Lois Alexander



 



     Maria Gonzalez worked with the subcommittee throughout its



two-year study.  Members of the Federal Committee on Statistical



Methodology and the Office of Statistical Policy and Standards



provided additional assistance and encouragement.  Critical reviews



of earlier draft versions by Thomas Jabine, Barbara Bailar, and



Tore Dalenius were particularly helpful in the development of this



report.



 



     Discussion by Richard Ruggles on papers by Daniel Garnick and



Joseph Knott, David Cartwright and Paul Armknecht, David Hirschberg



and Vernon Renshaw, and Lois Alexander at the Statistical Uses of



Administrative Records Session of the 1979 American Statistical    



meetings aided in sharpening the focus of this report.



 



     Others who contributed to the work of the Subcommittee



include: Yoshio Akiyama, Leroy Bailey, Robert Berney, J. Robert



Brown, Morris M. Kleiner, Lillian Madow, Harriet Orcutt, and Max



Shor.



 



                                iii



 



 



 



 



 



                Members of the Federal Committee on



                      Statistical Methodology



                            (June 1980)



 



 



Maria Elena Gonzalez (Chair)



Office of Federal Statistical Policy and Standards (Commerce)



 



Barbara A. Bailar



Bureau of the Census



 



Norman D. Beller



Economics, Statistics, and Cooperatives Service (Agriculture)



 



Barbara A. Boyes



Bureau of Statistics



 



Edwin J. Coleman



Bureau of Economic Analysis (Commerce)



 



John E. Cremeans



Bureau of Economic Analysis (Commerce)



 



Marie D. Eldridge



National Center for Education Statistics (Education)



 



Daniel H. Garnick



Bureau of Economic Analysis (Commerce)



 



Thomas B. Jabine



Energy Information Administration (Energy)



 



Charles D. Jones



Bureau of the Census (Commerce)



 



William E. Kibler



Economics, Statistics, and Cooperatives Service (Agriculture)



 



Alfred D. McKeon



Bureau of Labor Statistics (Labor)



 



Raymond C. Sansing



Internal Revenue Service (Treasury)



 



Fritz J. Scheuren



Social Security Administration (HHS)



 



Lincoln E. Moses



Energy Information Administration (Energy)



 



Monroe G. Sirken



National Center for Health Statistics (HHS)



 



Wray Smith



Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (HHS)



 



Thomas G. Staples



Social Security Administration (HHS)



 



                                iv



 



 



 



 



 



                         Table of Contents



 



                                                               page



Preface                                                           i



Acknowledgments                                                 iii



List of Figures                                                  ix



List of Tables                                                    x



Abbreviations                                                    xi



Chapter I.     Findings and Recommendations                       1



     A.   Statistical Standards                                   1



     B.   Access                                                  2



     C.   Other Government-Wide Program Coordination and Support  3



Chapter II.    Introduction and Summary                           5



     A.   Introduction                                            5



     B.   Summary                                                 6



          1.   Chapter III                                        6



          2.   Chapter IV                                         7



          3.   Chapter V                                          8



          4.   Chapter VI                                         8



          5.   Chapter VII                                        8



          6.   VIII                                               9



Chapter III.   Major Administrative Record Files                 11



     A.   Scope of Study and Survey Conducted                    11



          1.   Scope of Study                                    11



          2.   Survey Conducted                                  12



     B.   Survey Results                                         12



          1.   Files Pertaining Mainly to Individuals            12



               a.   Universe                                     12



               b.   Geographic Information                       17



               c.   Demographic Information                      17



               d.   Reporting Unit                               17



          2.   Files Pertaining Mainly to Businesses             18



               a.   Universe                                     18



               b.   Geographic Information                       18



               c.   Economic Data                                18



               d.   Reporting Unit                               18



     C.   Continuous Work History Files                          18



     D.   The Evolution of Statistical Uses of Administrative



          Records                                                19



     E.   Appendix III.1 The Survey Questionnaire                20



     F.   Appendix III.2 The CWHS Data System                    23



          1.   Data Sources                                      23



          2.   Processing Procedures - Administrative Records    23



          3.   Processing Procedures - Statistical Records       24



          4.   Sample Design                                     24



          5.   Data Files                                        25



               a.   One percent Sample Annual Employee-Employer



                    (Ee-Er) File                                 25



               b.   One percent Sample Annual Self-Employed (SE)



                    File                                         25



 



                                 v



 



 



 



 



 



                                                               page



               c.   One percent Sample Longitudinal Employee-



                    Employer Data (LEED) File                    25



               d.   One percent 1937 to Date CWHS File           26



               c.   One-Tenth of One percent 1937 to Date CWHS



                    File                                         26



Chapter IV.    Major Statistical Uses of Administrative          27



     A.   Defining Administrative and Using Them Statistically   27



     B.   Internal Revenue Service                               28



     C.   Social Security Administration                         29



     D.   Bureau of Economic Analysis                            29



     E.   Census Bureau                                          32



          1.   Economic Censuses                                 32



          2.   Census Of Agriculture                             33



          3.   Survey of Minority-Owned Businesses (SMOBE)       33



          4.   Current Economic Indicators                       33



          5.   The Standard Statistical Establishment List       34



     F.   The Small Business Administration                      34



     G.   Appendix IV.1 Data from IRS and SSA                    35



          1.   Data from IRS                                     35



          2.   Data from SSA                                     39



Chapter V.     Developments in Data from Business Establishment



               Reporting                                         43



     A.   Standard Statistical Establishment list                43



          1.   File Construction                                 44



          2.   Multiestablishment Firms                          44



          3.   Single Establishment Firms                        44



          4.   File Maintenance                                  45



          5.   Confidentiality                                   45



     B.   W-2 and W-3 Records                                    45



     C.   Unemployment Insurance System                          47



          1.   Master List of Employers                          47



          2.   Employers' Quarterly Tax Report                   47



          3.   Individual Wage Records                           49



          4.   Improving Data Quality                            49



Chapter VI.    Potential Uses of Administrative Records for Data



               linkages: Selected Case Studies                   51



     A.   Introduction                                           51



     B.   Case Study 1:  Linked Administrative Statistical Sample



                         (LASS) Project                          51



          1.   Background and Initial Project Goals              52



               a.   LASS Data Elements                           52



               b.   LASS Goals                                   53



          2.   Pilot Activities and Feasibility Issues           53



               a.   Resolving Privacy Concerns                   53



               b.   Examining SSA-NCHS Death Reporting Differences54



               c.   Adding Data From Death Certificates to the



                    CWHS                                         54



               d.   Usability of IRS Occupation Information      54



               c.   Upgrading CWHS Industry and Place of Work Data55



               f.   Evaluating W-2 Residence Data                55



          3.   Operational Implementation Issues                 56



          4.   References                                        56



     C.   Case Study 2:  The Use of Administrative Records in the



                         Survey of Income and Program



                         Participation                           57



          1.   Objectives and Description                        58



 



                                vi



 



 



 



 



 



                                                               page



               a.   Site Research                                58



               b.   1978 Panel                                   59



               c.   1979 Panel                                   61



          2.   Major Difficulties                                61



          3.   Uses of Administrative Files                      62



          4.   Quality of Results                                63



          5.   Bibliography                                      63



     D.   Case Study 3:  Use of IRS/SSA/HCFA Administrative Files



                         for 1980 Census Coverage Evaluation     64



          1.   Introduction                                      64



          2.   Objectives of the Program to Estimate the Census



               Undercount                                        64



          3.   Matching Techniques                               65



               a.   Matching of Survey Housing Unit and Person



                    Records to Census Records                    66



               b.   Matching of CPS and Census Enumerated Housing



                    Unit and Person Records to Administrative File



                    Records                                      66



          4.   Administrative matching                           66



          5.   Research Conducted for Match Study                67



               a.   1978 CPS/IRS Match Study                     67



               b.   IRS Census Match Study (Involving Richmond



                    Virginia and Southwest Colorado Dress



                    Rehearsal Censuses)                          68



          6.   Estimation                                        68



          7.   Anticipated Cost and Timing of Administrative Match



               Study                                             70



          8.   References                                        70



     E.   Case Study 4:  Record Linkage in the Nonhousehold      70



          1.   Introduction                                      70



          2.   Results from the Travis County, Texas and Camden New



               Jersey Pretest                                    71



          3.   Plans for the 1980 Census Nonhousehold Sources    75



          4.   Summary and Future Considerations                 76



          5.   Sources of Further Information                    77



          6.   References                                        77



          7.   Appendix-Matching Instructions                    78



     F.   Concluding Comments                                    78



Chapter VII.   Technical Problems in the Statistical Use of



               Administrative Records                            81



     A.   Coverage                                               81



     B.   Comparability                                          83



     C.   Reporting and Processing Errors                        85



          1.   Reporting Problems                                86



          2.   Processing Problems                               86



          3.   Extent of Errors                                  97



          4.   Related Problems with Other Data                  88



          5.   Errors in Other Information                       98



     D.   Problems with Timing of the Data                       89



     E.   Conclusion                                             89



Chapter VIII:  Legal Issues in the Statistical Use of



               Administrative Records                            91



     A.   Legal and Administrative System                        91



          1.   Factors Precipitating the Shift Toward Greater



               Statistical Use of Administrative Records         91



 



                                vii



 



 



 



 



 



                                                               page



          2.   Concept of Functional Separation                  92



          3.   A Language Framework for Legal Issues             93



          4.   Options:  Legislative Approaches to Functional



                         Separation                              95



     B.   Dynamics of Functional Separation                      96



          1.   Dimensions and Characteristics of the Legal



               Framework                                         96



               a.   Disclosure Within the Agency, a Broader View 96



               b.   Disclosure to Agency Contractors             97



               c.   Disclosure Among Federal Agencies            98



               d.   Use By Non-Statisticians of Statistical Files



                    Compiled From Administrative Source Records  99



          2.   A Closer Look At Some Federal Statutes Affecting



               Statistical Use of Administrative Records and



               Protection of Statistical Records from



               Nonstatistical Use                               100



     C.   Summary and Directions for the Future                 102



     D.   Notes and References                                  102



 



References                                                      104



 



                               viii



 



 



 



 



 



                          List of Figures



 



Figure                                                         page



 



III.1     Major Administrative Files Surveyed by the Subcommittee



          on the Statistical Uses of Administrative              11



V.1       Forms W-2 and W-3                                      46



V.2       Statistical Uses of Unemployment Insurance Administrative



          Records from Establishments                            48



VI.4.1    Nonhousehold Sources Worksheet to Search Census Records



          for Selected Person: 1976 Census of Travis County,Texas72



VI.4.2    Nonhousehold Sources Census Record Search and Telephone



          Follow-up Verification Record: 1976 Census of Camden, New



          Jersey                                                 75



VI.4.3    Nonhousehold Sources Record:   20th Decennial Census-



          1980                                                   76



 



                                ix



 



 



 



 



 



                          List of Tables



 



Figure                                                         Page



III.1     Major administrative Record Systems Pertaining to



          Individuals                                            12



III.2     Major administrative Record Systems Pertaining to



          Businesses                                             15



IV.1      National Income and Product Account Components Based on



          Administrative Records                                 30



IV.2      Input-Output Account Industry Estimates Based on



          Administrative Records                                 30



IV.3      Balance of Payment Account Components Based on



          Administrative Records                                 31



IV.4      National Income and Product Account Components Based on



          Current Surveys Using Administrative Record Based



          Sampling Frames                                        31



VI.2.1    Distribution of Site Research Sample Households by Sample



          Frame and Questionnaire Type                           58



VI.2.2    Distribution of Site Research Adult Respondents by Sample



          Frame and Questionnaire Type                           59



VI.2.3    A Sampling of AFDC Matching Results in the Site Research



          Survey                                                 60



VI.2.4    SSI Match Results for the 1978 Panel                   60



VI.3.1    Forming a Dual-System Estimate for One of the 61



          Divisions                                              69



VI.4.1    Camden Match Results                                   73



VI.4.2    Cross Tabulation of Age Reported on Drivers Licenses and



          Census Questionnaire (Camden, New Jersey)              74



VII.1     Comparison of Employment Estimates: CWHS, Census, UI, and



          CBP                                                    84



 



                                 x



 



 



 



 



 



                           Abbreviations



 



AFDC      Aid to Families with Dependent Children



BEA       Bureau of Economic Analysis



BEOG      Basic Education Opportunity Grant



BLS       Bureau of Labor Statistics



BMF       Business Master File (of IRS)



CAB       Civil Aeronautics Board



CBP       County Business Patterns



CofC      Comptroller of the Currency



CES       Current Employment Statistics



CETA      Comprehensive Employment and Training Act



CPS       Current Population Survey



CWBH      Current Wage and Benefit History



CWHS      Continuous Work History Sample



ED        Enumeration District



EEOC      Equal Employment Opportunity Commission



EI(N)     Employer Identification (Number)



ERP       Establishment Reporting Plan



FAA       Federal Aviation Administration



FCC       Federal Communications Commission



FDIC      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation



FICA      Federal Insurance Contributions Act



FOIA      Freedom of Information Act



FPC       Federal Power Commission



FRB       Federal Reserve Board



FTC       Federal Trade Commission



GAO       General Accounting Office



GBF       Geographic Base File



HCFA      Health Care Financing Administration



HHS       Department of Health and Human Services



HEW       (Department of) Health, Education, and Welfare



ICC       Interstate Commerce Commission



IMF       Individual Master File (of IRS)



I-O       Input-Output



IRS       Internal Revenue Service



ISDP      Income Survey Development Program



LASS      Linked Administrative Statistical Sample



LTS       Labor Turnover Statistics



NCEUS     National Commission on Employment and Unemployment



          Statistics



NCHS      National Center for Health Statistics



NCI       National Cancer Institute



NIPA      National Income and Product Accounts



OASDI     Old Age, Survivors, and Disability Insurance



OES       Occupation Employment Statistics



OFSPS     Office of Federal Statistical Policy and Standards



OMB       Office of Management and Budget



 



                                xi



 



 



 



 



 



OPM       Office Of Personnel Management



ORS       Office of Research and Statistics (of SSA)



OSHS      Occupation Safety and Health Statistics



PES       Post Census Enumeration Survey



PPSC      Privacy Protection Study Commission



REA       Rural Electrification Administration



RFP       Request for Proposal



SBA       Small Business Administration



SER       Summary Earnings Record



SESA      State Employment Security Agency



SIC       Standard Industrial Classification



SIPP      Survey of Income and Program Participation



SMD       Statistical Methods Division (of Census)



SMOBE     Survey of Minority Business Enterprises



SMSA      Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area



SOI       Statistics of Income



SSA       Social Security Administration



SSEL      Standard Statistical Establishment List



SSI       Supplemental Security Income



SSN       Social Security Number



SSR       Supplemental Security Record



SUAR      Statistical Uses of Administrative Records



TCMP      Taxpayer Compliance Measurement Program



UI        Unemployment Insurance



USDA      United States Department of Agriculture



 



                                xii



 



 



 



 



 



                                                          CHAPTER I



                   Findings and Recommendations



 



     Statistical use of administrative records grew rapidly during



the 1970's, in large part as a response to legislative requirements



for timely data to use in the distribution of Federal funds to



State and local governments.  The principal reason for increasing



reliance on administrative records for statistical data is the



availability of administrative records which can be used to obtain



small area data at minimal cost and without increasing respondent



burden.  And cost is likely to be an increasingly important factor



in the statistical use of administrative records in the 1980's.



Although statistical use of administrative records is growing, many



unanswered questions remain concerning the quality of statistics



derived from administrative records.  From a statistical point of



view, the standards of quality and consistency in administrative



data collection and processing programs are frequently inadequate. 



Difficulties in accessing administrative records, moreover, often



inhibit the efficient joint use of particular administrative record



sets with other administrative and statistical records in meeting



statistical needs.  Improved statistics from administrative records



will require modification in data collection and processing



procedures, modification of laws and administrative procedures



relating to access to records, and increased resources for



evaluating and upgrading the quality of administrative records for



statistical use.  While the costs of improving administrative



records for statistical applications can be significant, they will



often be substantially less than alternatives requiring expanded



censuses and surveys.  And in many instances both administrative



and statistical programs could benefit from reduced respondent



burdens and data processing costs obtainable by applying more



efficient statistical tools in the collection and use of



administrative records.



     To solve problem impeding efficient statistical use of



administrative records, coordinated treatment of a variety of



interagency issues is needed to serve as a counterweight to the



decentralized operations of Federal information collection



programs.  In addressing these issues, the Subcommittee on



Statistical Uses of Administrative Records has divided its



recommendations into dim sections concerned with:



     A.   Identifying and formulating solutions for common problems



          related to statistical standards for administrative



          information programs.



     B.   Identifying and meeting various problems related to



          access to administrative record systems.



     C.   Identifying collection programs and research activities



          requiring government-wide coordination and support.



     Individual recommendations are in some cases accompanied by



examples of subcommittee findings which illustrate the need for the



recommendation.



 



 



                     A. Statistical Standards



 



     There is a need for greater standardization in the procedures



for collecting and presenting data based on administrative records



in order to provide a basis for reducing duplicate collection



efforts and improving the quality and consistency of the



information that is collected.



 



Recommendation 1.   Common identifiers should be used whenever



possible in collecting information Pertaining to the sow



individuals or organizations.



     The capability for linking information from a variety of



sources is central in making efficient statistical use of



administrative records.  This capability depends on both



appropriate access to administrative records (see Section B) and



consistency among administrative and statistical agencies in



procedures for identifying respondents or reporting units.  The



subcommittee noted, for example, that household surveys could be



used more effectively in conjunction with administrative records if



social security numbers and related identifying information were



collected in selected surveys.  This would permit linking detailed



socioeconomic information from surveys with longitudinal records



from administrative sources concerned, for example, with employment



or medical histories.  Such linkages are performed in various areas



of social research including specialized fields such as



epidemiology.  In business data collection programs, employer



identification numbers should be supplemented with a common set of



identifiers for the individual establishments of large businesses. 



Selected administrative record data for multi-establishment



businesses could then be linked more readily to economic census and



survey data for purposes of improving geographical and industrial



analysis of economic activity



 



                                 1



 



 



 



 



 



Recommendation 2.   The quality of administrative records to be



used for statistical purposes should be evaluated systematically to



determine the appropriateness of the records for the proposed use.



     The quality of administrative record files, including such



factors as the type and quality of identification on the file and



the completeness, definitional suitability, and quality of



individual or organizational characteristics on the file. will



determine the appropriateness of the use of the files for



particular statistical applications.  For example, in matching



applications the completeness of the coverage of the administrative



record files and the accuracy of identifiers will determine whether



a high match rate will be achieved.  Similarly, in such



applications as the distribution of Federal funds to State and



local governments. completeness and accuracy of administrative



records, will determine the extent to which estimates derived from



these records may serve as complements as well as substitutes for



census and survey data.



Recommendation 3.   Consistent procedures should be used in



administrative and statistical data collection efforts for defining



reporting units, identifying and coding reporting unit



characteristics, and developing standards



for data tabulation.



     When common reporting units are not appropriate there should



still be efforts to ensure that the more detailed reporting unit



breakdowns of one program can be readily combined into more



aggregative units used in other programs.  The subcommittee noted,



for example, a lack of congruity in the definition of companies



filing corporate income tax returns and companies reporting for



statistical Purposes to the Census Bureau.  The subcommittee also



found a particularly serious problem of inconsistency between



"establishment" reporting plans associated with administrative



programs and the definitions of establishments of multiunit



companies used in the Census Bureau's Standard Statistical



Establishment List.  The Social Security payroll tax program, for



example, involves a voluntary establishment reporting plan with



company self-identification of reporting units on a basis differing



from SSEL definitions.  The need for consistent reporting



requirements that eliminate duplicate and other unnecessary



reporting is highlighted by the fact that the compliance of large



companies with the SSA establishment reporting plan and other



voluntary statistical programs has been deteriorating in recent



years.



     Problems of inadequate procedures for coding reporting unit



characteristics have been emphasized by the subcommittee in such



areas as geographic coding and the industrial coding of business



establishments.  Reliable and detailed geographic coding in



administrative record systems, in particular. has become



increasingly important as administrative records have received



wider application in preparing statistics for use in distributing



Federal funds to State and local governments.  For many purposes



geographic coding is required at the municipal level, but substate



coding in administrative record systems tends to be restricted to



county identifiers.  The lack of current economic information by



municipality has hindered effective planning and economic policy



making at the Federal as well as State and local level.  For



business reporting systems, the SSEL coding system can provide a



basis for obtaining consistency in both geographic and industrial



coding.



     The need for consistent standards for data tabulation have



recently been highlighted by efforts to assemble a data base for



analyzing small business policy issues.  These efforts have been



hampered by inconsistencies among various administrative and



statistical programs in the ways in which data are identified and



tabulated by size of business.



 



                             B. Access



 



     A central issue related to meeting the differing requirements



of data for administrative vs. statistical applications efficiently



involves the problem of obtaining an appropriate balance between



the need to access individual records and the right to privacy as



well as consideration of confidentiality of responding persons and



businesses.  Resolution of this issue requires that distinctions be



made both in terms of the uses to be made of records and the types



of reporting units and information involved.



Recommendation 4.   Natural persons should be distinguished from



organizations and other entities when developing standards and



practices of record confidentiality.



     The need for confidentiality is not the same for businesses



and other organizations as for natural persons.  Often,, the need



for access to selected information pertaining to businesses



requires interagency transfer of information about organizations. 



The subcommittee has found, for example, instances in which Federal



a#coca purchase privately produced lists of businesses containing



generally available information, such as name and address of the



businesses, because access to more complete and reliable lists such



as the Census Bureau's SSEL has been excessively restricted.  The



subcommittee is not persuaded that these restrictions are



reasonable or necessary.



Recommendation 5.   Legislation and administrative procedures



should be modified to make comprehensive Federal lists of



businesses and organizations, such as the



 



                                 2



 



 



 



 



 



Census Bureau's Standard Statistical Establishment List and SSA's



employer listing, more readily available for statistical uses.



     Legislation has been drafted to make the SSEL available to



Federal agencies for statistical purposes.  Passage of the proposed



legislation could aid in reducing the duplication and costs, and



the attendant differences in definition and coverage resulting when



independently developed lists are maintained.  SSA's listing of



employers is compiled from the applications for employer numbers



required of employers of workers covered by Social Security, now



virtually the entire workforce.  Availability of this list as a



statistical sampling frame has been closed by application of the



Tax Reform Act of 1976.



Recommendation 6.   For natural persons. the principles of



"functional separation" developed by the Privacy Protection Study



Commission, the White House Privacy Initiative, and the President's



Statistical Reorganization Project should be applied in



distinguishing records to be used for administrative (and



enforcement) purposes from records to be used for statistical



purposes.



     Functional separation will establish two discrete categories



of information according to the statistical or administrative and



enforcement functions to which the information is assigned.  The



separate category of statistical information- can be freely used



and transferred with individual identifiers intact for statistical



purposes.  Between the two categories, information that can be



uniquely associated with subject individuals flows only one way,



into the statistical category.  The flow from the statistical



category into other uses must be in a form or under conditions that



prevent unique association.  When administrative records are the



initial information source, the resultant copies or extracts which



have been incorporated into statistical files may not be



subsequently used in individually identifiable form for



administrative or enforcement purposes.'



Recommendation 7.   Particular legal and administrative barriers to



access to administrative records for statistical use should be



identified and eliminated for records pertaining to both natural



persons and organizations.



     The subcommittee, for example. has found limitations on access



to IRS data imposed under Section 6103 of the Tax Reform Act of



1976 to be excessively restrictive to statistical uses of the data. 



In this connection it can be noted that the Internal Revenue



Service has denied other Federal agencies access to Taxpayer



Compliance Measurement Program data files for 1976 and subsequent



years.  In addition, the Tax Reform Act has prevented the Social



Security Administration from supplying the Bureau of Economic



Analysis with post- 1975 Continuous Work History Sample Files



needed to continue a long-standing cooperative program to use and



improve this important statistical data base.



 



 



     C. Other Government-Wide Program Coordination and Support



 



 



     In order to maximize the usefulness of administrative record



systems, it will be necessary to identify on a government-wide



basis those data collection programs, as well as research



initiatives, which need interagency support.  Further the needs of



data users should be considered in designing statistical series



based on administrative records.



Recommendation 8.   Procedures for planning and setting budget



priorities should be developed to ensure that agency and program-



specific budget allocations are responsive to those interagency



data needs that are met most effectively through the specific



programs under review.



     Many administrative programs are not explicitly budgeted for



supplying those general-purpose statistical needs which could be



met efficiently through statistical use of administrative records. 



The subcommittee has found, for example, that geographic and



industrial data quality in the Social Security Administration's



Continuous Work History Sample has been declining because the data



have few applications for internal SSA programs and therefore



receive low priority in the agency budgeting process.  Geographic



and industrial data from the CWHS, however, are very important for



outside data users.  And they will become even more important if



administrative records are called on to play a central role in



providing intercensal estimates.  In planning alternatives to a



mid-decade census there should be careful cost-benefit analysis of



different approaches involving various combinations of survey and



administrative record data sources.



Recommendation 9.   As recommended by the President's Statistical



Reorganization Project, efficient statistical tools should be



applied in information collection programs extending well beyond



the confines of the principal statistical agencies.



     Statistics can contribute techniques for improving design of



forms. both to improve quality of response on administrative forms,



and to improve the multi-purpose utility of the information



provided.  Development and extension of such statistical techniques



as scientific sampling. record matching, and synthetic estimation



can be used effectively to economize on the amount of information



that needs to be collected, thereby reducing paperwork burdens and



budgetary costs associated with administrative as well as



statistical data collection programs.



 



                                 3



 



 



 



 



 



Many administrative record data collection  programs have lagged



well behind the "state of the art" in the application of



statistical tools, and modernization of programs is badly needed.



Recommendation 10.  To obtain statistical data. increased use



should be made of matches between sample surveys and administrative



files.  Samples based on linkageS among administrative record



systems also should be encouraged for statistical purposes.



     The subcommittee has investigated the statistical uses of



linking of administrative record files with sample survey data. as



well as with samples from other administrative records.  The



subcommittee endorses the use of matching to obtain statistical



data based on the combination of administrative records and sample



surveys.  The analytic potential of obtaining expanded. more



detailed data bases through successful matching is sufficiently



great that complicated procedures are often worth the effort. 



However, for each specific program proposing to use linkage s to



obtain statistical data. it is necessary to examine the costs and



benefits to the program to determine whether the match should be



performed.



     The case studies in Chapter VI illustrate potential uses of



administrative records for important statistical programs'. each



case study has specific goals, applications, and advantages.  Mc



combined use of administrative record files and sample survey data



for linkage programs may be effective for a variety of masons.



including that: (1) respondent burden may be reduced while



estimates of subpopulation characteristics are improved and data



accuracy is assessed (see SIPP case study), (2) data which are



difficult for a survey respondent to provide may be obtained from



administrative record files (see LASS case study). (3) improved



counts of population from the 1980 Census may be obtained in a



cost-effective manner (see Nonhousehold Sources Program case



study), and (4) estimates of coverage of population for States and



selected subgroups of the population based on the 1980 Census my be



obtained (see case study on IRS/SSA/HCFA matched with CPS and



Census).



Recommendation 11.  The provision o  f services to users should be



recognized as a statistical program function to optimize the



availability of statistical information in Federal.  State and



local government and in the private sector, and to give the Federal



system the benefit of feedback from users in planning statistical



programs based on administrative records.



     A major obstacle to encouraging statistical use of ad-



ministrative records is the lack of knowledge (both inside and



outside the Federal Government) about the information in these



records and their coverage and quality.  The American Statistics



Index provides a comprehensive list of published statistics from



administrative and survey sources, but information on the quality



and availability of unpublished data, particularly from



administrative records, is seriously deficient.  Centralized



information is needed to make existing data more readily accessible



to potential users and to help in identifying unnecessary



duplication in data collection programs.  Promising recent



initiatives in this area include a Small Business Administration



program to document all Federal reporting requirements placed on



businesses and a National Center for Health Statistics program to



establish a clearinghouse for data relating to environmental health



hazards.  In addition, the proposed Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980



(H.R. 6410) provides for establishing a Federal Information Locator



System, as recommended by the Commission of Federal Paperwork.



 



                                 4



 



 



 



 



 



                                                         CHAPTER II



                     Introduction and Summary



 



 



A. Introduction



 



     The Federal Statistical System is under pressure to respond



simultaneously to a growing demand for statistical data and a



growing demand for reductions in the "paper blizzard" generated by



Government requests for information from individuals and



businesses.  These demands will necessarily conflict unless the



efficiency of current programs can be improved.  Responsiveness to



both demands will require reduced duplication among Government



information collection programs combined with more intensive



utilization of existing administrative information sources in



meeting statistical data needs.  The latter requirement will



involve bringing together information collected in numerous



different Government administrative programs in ways that make



possible their combined use for statistical analysis.  As stated by



Edgar Dunn (1965, P. 5) in a review of the Ruggles' Committee



proposal for a national data center.



     The central problem of data use is one of associating



numerical records.  No number conveys any information by itself. 



It acquires meaning and significance only when compared with other



numbers.  The greatest deficiency of the existing Federal



Statistical System is its failure to provide access to data in a



way that permits the association of the elements of data sets in



order to identify and measure the interrelationship among



interdependent activities.



     As Dunn further notes (1965, Summary, p. 2) problems of access



and record association are particularly serious in the case of



statistical use of administrative records because: "Many of the



most useful records are produced as a by-product of administrative



or regulatory procedures by agencies that do not recognize a



general-purpose statistical service function as an important part



of their mission."



     The association or merger of administrative records from a



variety of sources is important for statistical applications



because: (1) populations of statistical interest do not always



correspond closely to populations covered in individual



administrative record systems; and (2) individual administrative



record files often identify relatively few of those characteristics



and attributes of the members of a population that social



scientists and policy analysts consider to be important in meeting



their statistical needs.  Merging individual administrative record



sets with other administrative and statistical data sources can



help to alleviate the deficiencies of many individual administra-



tive sources; but record merging is often difficult--particularly



when the records are collected and maintained by separate agencies. 



Provisions for protecting the confidentiality of records pertaining



to identifiable individuals or businesses often preclude



interagency transfer of such records for statistical applications. 



And even when access to the records needed for merging can be



arranged, differences in the ways different agencies identify



individual reporting units, and/or inconsistencies in the ways



agencies collect, process, and maintain information about reporting



units, can preclude successful data matching and merging operations



(see Chapter VI).



     Although difficult problems remain to be solved, statistical



uses of administrative records have been increasing and will



continue to increase because of high data collection costs and



heavy respondent burdens associated with censuses and surveys. 



Many important statistical needs cannot be adequately met by a



system involving censuses, carried out every 5 or 10 years,



combined with intercensal surveys which provide national data.  And



the extra costs of moving to more frequent censuses and/or larger



sample surveys which might provide small area data are high both in



terms of direct government expenditure and response burden.  The



projected high cost to the government was an important factor in



the recent decision to disallow further planning funds for the 1985



mid-decade census.



     The most striking illustrations of the need to make improved



statistical use of administrative records arise in cases involving



the use of socioeconomic data to distribute Federal funds to State



and local areas.  For example, in reviewing alternatives for



meeting the legislative mandate to produce current local-area



unemployment estimates for use in allocating funds under the



Comprehensive Employment and Training Act, the National Commission



on Employment and Unemployment Statistics ( 1 979, p. 253) has



estimated that it would cost about $2.3 billion annually to expand



the Current Population Survey to provide monthly unemployment



estimates for the over 4,000 geographic areas potentially eligible



for CETA funding.  As important as the high money costs involved in



obtain-



 



                                 5



 



 



 



 



 



ing frequent small-area data by survey techniques is the



substantial increase in response burdens associated with greatly



expanded data collection efforts.



     For example, another alternative considered by the NCEUS was



improving the handbook method (called 70-step method) based on



unemployment insurance records.



     Not only is them pressure for statisticians to increase their



use of administrative records in developing general-purpose



statistics, but statisticians also have a strong interest in



supporting efforts to reduce the duplication and improve the



efficiency of administrative as well as statistical information



collection efforts.  Direct reporting for statistical purposes



accounts for a very small proportion of the overall Federal



reporting burden; major reductions in overall paperwork burdens



must be achieved through improvements in nonstatistical arm.  At



the same time; however, statistical programs could be more



adversely affected than other programs because statistical programs



tend to be more often viewed as optional than administrative record



systems and, therefore. more dependent on the voluntary cooperation



of the public in obtaining responses to information requests.



As the following statement from the President's Statistical



Reorganization Project's "Issues and Options" paper (1978, p. 7-1)



indicates, there is a growing recognition of the importance of



applying statistical tools to more general problems of information



collection in order to reduce reporting burdens:



     The tools used by statistical agencies (sampling, quality



     control, intensive analysis of existing data, etc.) are near



     the roots of reporting requirements, and the use of



     appropriate tools reduces reporting burden.  It is in this



     sense that. from the point of view of response burden, the use



     of appropriate statistical techniques is of major importance



     and should extend well beyond any formal definition of the



     Federal Statistical System.



The statistical system, however, cannot hope to dominate Government



information collection activities; There must be a genuine effort



to cooperate with administrators in nonstatistical programs in



order to achieve mutual goals of efficient information collection. 



Statisticians must attempt to understand the needs and constraints



facing program administrator and statistical budgets should bear a



fair share of the costs of collecting and processing administrative



records in ways that permit efficient use for statistical purposes.



Much must be learned and many difficult problems confronted if



progress is to be made in the statistical use of administrative



records and in improving the overall efficiency of Government



information collection and use, With the hope of contributing to



progress in this area, this report attempts to: (1) identify major



administrative data files with significant potential for general-



purpose statistical applications; (2) indicate various kinds of



statistical uses of administrative records which are being made or



considered; (3) identify major technical and institutional or legal



problems which are impeding effective statistical use of



administrative records; and (4) suggest possible approaches to



improving information collection and statistical use of



administrative records.



     The Subcommittee on Statistical Uses of Administrative Records



has not attempted to provide comprehensive documentation of



administrative record systems and their uses.  The report instead



reflects largely the areas of interest and expertise of



Subcommittee members.  Important areas such as energy and



environmental statistics are not covered at all, and very little



attention is given to records generated by the complex array of



Government regulatory agencies.  There is, however, relatively



intensive coverage of administrative data from programs of the



internal Revenue Service and Social Security Administration, and



from related administrative programs that collect important social



and economic information from individuals and businesses.



 



 



                            B. Summary



 



     Chapter III of the report presents the results of a survey



conducted by the Subcommittee to obtain documentation of major



administrative record data files maintained by selected Federal



agencies.  Chapter IV presents a description of statistical



applications of administrative records in selected agencies.  The



following three chapters (V-VII) illustrate, largely by means of



case studies, specific approaches to statistical use of



administrative records and problems encountered in such approaches. 



Chapter VIII reviews legal considerations, particularly those



related to restricted access to records, that influence the



statistical use of administrative records.



 



1.   Chapter III-Major Administrative Files



 



     This chapter summarizes the characteristics of major



computerized administrative record files that are maintained or



mandated by the Federal Government and contain statistically useful



information pertaining to (I) individuals or (2) businesses.  The



information contained in the administrative files for individuals



is compared to the information on individuals collected in



decennial censuses; and the information contained in the



administrative files for businesses is compared to the information



contained on the Census Bureau's Standard Statistical Establishment



List (which is itself assembled from a combination of



administrative and survey data sources).  The chap-



 



                                 6



 



 



 



 



 



ter also contains a description of the Social Security



Administration's Continuous Work History Sample which is a set of



statistical files of individual worker records assembled using



several SSA business and individual administrative record files.



     Compared with the decennial census, most administrative record



files for individuals contain relatively little information on



population characteristics and/or cover only a limited segment of



the population.  In addition, the, census usually provides more



reliable and detailed geographic information than administrative



files; and at best, administrative records can provide only tough



approximations to such census reporting units as the family and



household.  On the other hand, many administrative files provide



data at much more frequent intervals than the decennial census, and



the presence of social security numbers on most administrative



files opens the possibility of linking files over time



(longitudinally) or merging information from more than one



administrative file in order to increase the cove rage of



individuals and/or the number of characteristics identified for



particular individuals.  The absence of SSN's in census records



generally makes it difficult to integrate information from censuses



with information from administrative records.



     Administrative record coverage of businesses is complete than



is true for individuals.  In fact, administrative lists of



businesses provide the basis for conducting statistical censuses



and surveys.  For the most part, however, administrative records do



not maintain separate information for the different establishments



of a single legal business entity, even though the business may



operate in several different geographic areas and/or industrial



categories.  The Census Bureau does collect information for



individual establishments; and the SSEL, therefore, contains a



larger list of reporting units than most administrative files. 



While most administrative business files do not contain the



establishment detail necessary for developing reliable geographic



and industrial data, the SSA and Unemployment Insurance payroll tax



programs do involve reports breaking out county level "establish-



ment" detail.  Unfortunately, however, the reporting units in these



programs are not consistent with the establishment concept used in



the SSEL, and there is currently no satisfactory basis for



coordinating the reporting of similar information (or resolving



data discrepancies) among the three systems.



     CWHS data files provide information on the demographic



characteristics (sex, age, and race) of. workers along with



longitudinal information on their employment and earnings patterns. 



The CWHS program illustrates the potential statistical advantages



of administrative records for longitudinal analysis and for linking



together information about individuals and businesses.



 



2.   Chapter IV-Major Statistical Uses of Administrative Records



 



     This chapter illustrates statistical uses of administrative



records with reference to the programs of selected Federal



agencies, particularly programs of the Social Security



Administration, the Internal Revenue Service, the Bureau of



Economic Analysis, the Census Bureau, and the Small Business



Administration.  The SSA and IRS programs involve the development



of general-purpose statistics by statistical divisions of agencies



that collect large amounts of information from individuals and



businesses in the course of their administrative responsibilities. 



The programs illustrate the large quantity and variety of adminis-



trative data collected as well as the limitations of incomplete



population coverage and lack of information on important population



characteristics that plague statistical use of administrative



records.



     The BEA programs illustrate the use of a wide variety of



administrative data (obtained from many agencies) for estimating



data series within the context of a systematic economic accounting



framework.  Administrative data are used in conjunction with census



and survey data (also generally obtained from other agencies); and



there are substantial variations among the administrative data



series in the extent to which they involve concepts and measurement



procedures that "fit" well with the concepts involved in the design



of the accounting framework and with concepts underlying the census



and survey data used.



     Census Bureau programs illustrate a wide variety of



applications of administrative records for both individuals and



businesses.  For example, records obtained from administrative



agencies are used in developing intercensal population and related



estimates, as a substitute for censuses in the collection of



economic data from many small businesses, in the development and



maintenance of sampling frames for surveys, and in the evaluation



of the completeness and, reliability of information collected in



censuses and surveys.  Again there are substantial variations in



the extent to which administrative record concepts match desired



statistical concepts.  A few census programs. primarily in the area



of economic statistics. art discussed in more detail than other



programs covered in Chapter IV.  These more detailed examples



illustrate the substantial cost savings as well as limitations



associated with the statistical use of administrative records.



     The SBA involvement in the statistical use of administrative



records stems largely from a recently initiated project to develop



a small business data base in conjunction with the 1980 White House



Conference on Small Business.  In part because of concerns over



reporting burdens, small businesses have been exempted from or



 



                                 7



 



 



 



 



 



covered on a very small sample basis, in most economic censuses and



surveys.  Therefore. a small business data base must rely heavily



on administrative records.  SBA efforts to develop such a data base



illustrate many of the problems that are often encountered in



gaining access to administrative records and adapting them for



statistical analysis.



 



3.   Chapter V-Developments in Data from Business Establishment



     Reporting



 



This chapter contains case studies of three important and related



statistical programs that are currently evolving based in large



part on developments in administrative record systems-(1) the



Census Bureau's SSEL program; (2) SSA's program for adapting its



CWHS data program to a new system of annual employer reports of



worker wages on forms W-2 and W-3; and (3) the Bureau of Labor



Statistics' program for developing work force statistics in



connection with the UI payroll tax program.  These programs produce



both complementary and overlapping statistical products in the area



of work force statistics; and they illustrate not only the



importance and potential of administrative records for developing



work force data, but they also illustrate some important problems



in the area of establishment reporting by multiestablishment



businesses and in the area of coordinating similar data collection



efforts in different agencies.  The Census Bureau program employs



the most satisfactory concept of establishment from a statistical



point of view, but the Census work force data assembled in



connection with the SSEL cannot match the frequency and timeliness



of BLS data based on the UI system, nor can the SSEL-based data



provide the information on demographic characteristics of workers



available from the SSA system.  And the different establishment



reporting plans of the three data systems combined with



difficulties of interagency transfers of records (for example, the



current restrictions on access to the SSEL) have severely limited



the scope for coordinating data collection and development efforts



in the three programs.



 



4.   Chapter VI--Potential Uses of Administrative Records for Data



     Linkages: Selected Case Studies



 



     This chapter involves four case studies that illustrate the



potential and the problems associated with record linkages as a



means of improving and extending the use of. administrative records



in developing primary data and in evaluating census and survey



data--(1) the "Linked Administrative Statistical Sample Project"



(2) the "Use of Administrative Records in the Survey of Income and



Program Participation," (3) the "Use of IRS/SSA/HCFA Administrative



Files for 1980 Census Coverage Evaluation," and (4) "Record Linkage



in the Nonhousehold Sources Program." In contrast to Chapter V,



where the difficulties of coordinating and linking business



establishment records among programs was highlighted, Chapter VI is



concerned with linkages involving records for individuals.



The LASS project involves efforts to link records from a variety of



administrative record sources in order to develop a general-purpose



statistical sample file that will be suited for mortality research. 



The sampling procedures will conform closely to those involved in



the CWHS in order to facilitate longitudinal data analysis, but



CWHS records will be supplemented with records from IRS and the



National Center for Health Statistics.  The project illustrates the



substantial potential for combining complementary data through



interagency linkage of administrative record files.  But the



project also illustrates significant technical problems and



problems of access restriction that need to be resolved in linking



data files prepared in different agencies.



     The SIPP case study illustrates the importance of



administrative records in efforts to alleviate substantial survey



biases in coverage and income reporting for low-income groups



(participating in various income maintenance programs) and



administrative record importance as a source of income data to



evaluate the reliability with which selected types of income are



reported in surveys.



     The third and fourth case studies are both associated with



efforts to evaluate and improve the 1980 Census of Population and



Housing.  The IRS/SSA/HCFA files will be used primarily in efforts



to evaluate the extent of Census undercoverage, while the



Nonhousehold Sources Program will be concerned with improving



population coverage in selected areas of anticipated high



undercount.  The latter program involves, in addition lo the use of



Federal agency records, the use of such State and local



administrative records as drivers' license records.  Both projects



demonstrate the potential of administrative records to identify



individuals who are missed in censuses and surveys.  The projects



also illustrate; however, the difficulties and high costs of



linking administrative records to census records (which contain no



social security number) and the difficulty of determining the



extent to which particular groups are not covered in either census



or administrative record sources.



 



5.   Chapter VII-Technical Problems in the Statistical Use of



     Administrative Records



 



     This chapter illustrates technical problems encountered in



making statistical use of administrative records that arise or are



exacerbated because of limited statistical control in



administrative record systems over such factors as population



coverage,, definitions and comparability of information concepts



among programs, and reporting and



 



                                 8



 



 



 



 



 



processing procedures.  The CWHS data program is used as the



principal source of illustrations, in part because the CWHS program



involves the use of files containing information about businesses



as well as individuals, and perhaps more importantly because it



illustrates well the problems that can arise when important



statistical aspects of the reporting and processing of records we



largely outside the control of statisticians responsible for making



statistical use of the records.  In particular them is evidence of



significant and increasing numbers of geograPhic coding errors in



the CWHS that have resulted from low priority attached by SSA



administrators to the statistical problem of obtaining reliable



geographic reports and ensuring accurate coding and processing of



geographic information in employer payroll reports to SSA.



 



6.   Chapter VIII: Legal Issues in the Statistical Use of



     Administrative Records.



 



     This chapter illustrates legal and related institutional



barriers which inhibit the interagency access to records that is



needed for improving the efficiency and effectiveness of



statistical use of administrative records.  Emphasis is placed on



problems which arise because of a failure of existing



confidentiality laws to make an adequate functional distinction



between statistical and administrative processes which use records



about individuals.



     The basis for interagency transfer of administrative records



is often found in a logic that imposes regular Procedures or



conditions for expanding the scope 'of administrative actions or



decisions which can be based on the. particular content of records



about an individual.  Such a logic is generally irrelevant with



respect to legitimate statistical processes which, in contrast to



administrative uses, merely produce relationships and summaries of



data, and do not involve any direct Government action against (or



in favor of) the individual as a consequence of information in



records pertaining to that individual.



     Clearly not all statistical performance is functionally



divorced from administrative processes: program integrity and



quality assurance are functions which may explicitly---and quite



properly-rely on applied statistical techniques to identify



individual cases for administrative action.  Such functions are



within the reasonable expectations of program participants, and do



not rely, moreover, on collection of information from volunteers,



with assurances of confidential treatment.  In contrast, there are



particular statistical activities or collections of data whose



existence and rationale for compiling and making interagency



transfer Of data is limited by the degree to which statisticians



can fulfill a legal or ethical duty to protect the confidentiality



of individual information.



     Statistical uses in this latter category need to be separated



out as discrete functional uses, and be governed by different rules



and standards from those which govern administrative and compliance



uses.  Proposals for functional separation" of statistical from



administrative uses argue for separating these statistical records



about identifiable individuals from the decision/action stream, and



permitting the statistical results to be available to adminis-



trators only in summary or other unidentifiable form.  Functional



separation would allow summaries, of course, to be used



administratively in ways which my result indirectly in consequences



affecting all members of the group in uniform ways. However,



functional separation would not permit the direct use of individual



records as the basis for individual actions.  Alternative



legislative proposals for implementing the concept of functional



separation are reviewed in the chapter.



 



                                 9



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



                                                        CHAPTER III



 



                  Major Administrative Data Files



 



 



     This chapter describes the general properties of most of the



major Federal administrative record files containing statistically



useful information pertaining to individuals or businesses.  The



discussion is based largely on a survey of selected Federal



agencies conducted by the SUAR Subcommittee.  An attempt is made to



lay the groundwork and indeed begin the discussion, continued in



Chapter IV. of the statistical uses of administrative record



systems.



     Organizationally, the chapter is divided into four sections



and two appendices.  The first section indicates the scope of the



administrative record files covered and describes the survey



instrument used to obtain file documentation.  In the second



section there is a brief summary of the survey results.  In the



third section there is a brief description of the Social Security



Administration's Continuous Work History Sample files.  The CWHS



files illustrate the process of extracting and merging information



from basic administrative files to obtain files useful for



statistical analysis.  In the final section there is a discussion



of selected factors associated with the historical evolution of the



statistical use of administrative files covered in the chapter. 



The survey questionnaire is reproduced in the first appendix, and a



more detailed description of the CWHS program and data files is



contained in the second appendix.



 



              A. Scope of Study and Survey Conducted



 



1. Scope of Study



 



     In compiling a list of "administrative" record files that



would be of greatest statistical interest, three criteria were



employed:



 



     1.   Does the file have extensive coverage of a Population



          (either individuals or businesses)?



     2.   Is the population covered by the administrative record



          set of statistical interest?



     3.   Is the file maintained by computer?



The systems chosen for examination under these criteria are shown



in Figure III.1. Information relating to individuals was sought



from ten Federal agencies; some twenty-four administrative record



files were involved in all.



 



 



Figure III.1   Major Administrative Record Files Surveyed by the



               Subcommittee on the Statistical Uses of



               Administrative Records



______________________________________________________________



Agency                        Administrative Record File



______________________________________________________________



                 Part I-Information on individuals



Bureau of the Census          1970 Census of Population



                              1980 Census of Population



Office of Personnel Man-      Central Personnel Data File



agement                       Civil Service Annuity Roll



Department of Defense         Active Military Personnel Data File



                              (Army, Navy, Air Force and Marines)



                              Military Retirement Compensation File



                              (Army. Navy Air Force, and Marines)



Department of Trans-          National Driver Register



portation



Internal Revenue Service      Individual Master Filer



Department of Education       Basic Education Opportunity Grant



Railroad Retirement           Research Master Beneficiary File



Board                         Service and Compensation (SCORE)



                              Railroad Retirement, Survivor  and



                              Pensioner Benefit Payment File



Social Security Adminis-      Summary Earnings Record



nation                        Master Beneficiary Record



                              Numerical Identification File (SS-3)



U.S. Coast Guard              Personnel Management Information



                              System



                              Retired Officers Support System



                              Retired Pay and Personnel System



Veterans Administration       Compensation and Pension Master



                              Record Insurance (In-Force) Master



                              Record File



                              Education Master Record File



                              Vocational Rehabilitation and



                              Education Statistical File



                              Insurance Awards Master Record File



                              Education Master File



 



______________________________________________________________



                 Part II-Information on Businesses



Bureau Of the Census          Standard Statistical Establishment 



                              List



Bureau of Labor Statis-       Unemployment Insurance Address File



tics



Department of Agricul-        Producer Name and Address Master



ture File                     Economics, Statistics, and



                              Cooperative Service List Sampling



                              Frame



Department of Health          Master Facility Inventory



and Human Services



Internal Revenue Service      Business Master File



                              Exempt Organization Master File



Social Security Adminis-      Master Employer Name Directory



tration                       Multi-Unit Code File



                              Single-Unit Code File



 



                                11



 



 



 



 



 



     For businesses, the scope of the inquiry was restricted to



nine major Federal systems in six agencies.



     It should be noted that although the Subcommittee does, not



Classify the decennial censuses of population as administrative



data files. since their main purpose is statistical, they are



nonetheless. included to provide a basis for comparison with the



other files on individuals.  The Census Bureau's Standard



Statistical Establishment List was also treated as "in scope" for



comparison purposes. this time with business administrative record



files.



 



 



2.   Survey Conducted



 



     In late 1978. the Subcommittee conducted a survey of



the administrative files listed in Figure II.1. This survey was



entitled "Statistical Use Survey of Records Pertaining to



Individuals.  Individual Firms, and Employers Maintained and/or



Mandated by the Federal Government.



     A questionnaire was mailed to each agency maintaining one of



the selected files.  The principal purpose of the questionnaire was



to document the data elements on each file that might be of



statistical interest. it was not the intent of the survey to be



comprehensive, but simply to provide a starting point for



structuring inquiries about the files.



This survey collected data on both individual and business files by



providing optional sections to completed depending on the type of



file being considered.



     The survey consisted of only fifteen questions, but a number



of the questions contained several parts.  Respondents were asked



to report the availability of documentation concerning the file,



the information carried on the file, and the history of the file



development and maintenance.  For the most part, each agency made a



serious effort to provide detailed responses to the questions.



 



                         B. Survey Results



 



     This section briefly summarizes the survey results.  First.



the files pertaining to individuals are considered. then those



pertaining to businesses.  Detailed tabulations from the survey are



included in Tables II.1.1 and III.2.



 



1.   Files Pertaining Mainly to Individuals



 



     Not unexpectedly, there are extensive differences



among the administrative record files on individuals.  some of



those which deserve special mention are the differences in coverage



(or "universes") among the files, the degree of coded geographic



information; the demographic item included and the reporting units



used:



 



     a. Universe



 



     In terms of coverage of individuals in the U.S. population.



the decennial Census files are the most complete, followed by



Social Security's Summary Earnings Files and the IRS Individual



Master Fide.  No other files have the same breadth of coverage as



these.  However, several other files do provide comprehensive



coverage of important segments of the population.  For example, the



Health insurance Master File for the "65 + " population, the



 





                                12



 

Central Personnel Data File-for Federal government workers; and the



Military Personnel Data Files-for present and former Armed Forces



members.



 



     b. Geographic information



 



     Administrative files tend to have limited coded geographic



information.  Some contain a State code, but this was usually



derived from the mailing address.  The only exceptions appear to be



SSA's Master Beneficiary Record file, and the related HCFA Health



Insurance Master File, which contain a county code obtained by



clerically coding the mailing address.  By way of contrast, the



Census geographic data are collected on a residence basis and we



available to the block level.



     This lack of detailed "residence geography" is a major problem



in using administrative records to prepare small area statistics. 



By using the mailing address, subcounty geography may be assigned



with a Geographic Base File developed for use in the 1970 or 1980



census.  However, this presents a number of problems.  First, the



mailing addresses are not always the usual place of residence. 



Second, GBF's do not exist for areas located outside the built up



portion of SMSA's.  Third, people living outside the city limits



tend to report themselves as living in the city if they have a city



post office address.  Fourth, post office delivery or zip code



areas do not conform with political boundaries.  Also, the cost of



assigning geography with a GBF system is high.



     Another approach is to add a residence geographic code to the



administrative file.  This was done for the 1972 and 1975



Individual Master Files so that IRS data could be used in preparing



population and per capita total money income estimates for use in



distributing General Revenue Sharing funds.  The cost of this



straightforward approach makes it unlikely that it will be widely



implemented on other files.



 



     c.   Demographic information



 



     By   comparison with the Census data, all administrative



files contain very limited demographic information.  The Numerical



Identification (SS-5) file does contain sex, date of birth, and



race which have been transferred to the Summary Earnings Record and



the Master Beneficiary Record.  The personnel files also have some



race information.  However, other than this, there is very little



demographic data present.



 



     d. Reporting unit



 



     The Census data are the only data organized into households



and families.  Tax returns, and Social Security claims, however,



can for some purposes be treated as approximations to family units. 



For the most part, however, the units are just individuals with no



potential for structuring them into households.



     One final point.  The survey showed that all the



administrative files for individuals are organized by social



 



                                13



 



security number.  This is distinct from the decennial census files



which do not-have the SSN recorded- BY and large, the SSN is the



major administrative identifier. Obviously, then, it is this



variable which would have to be employed for linkages among the



files-whether for statistical or operational purposes.



 



2.   Files pertaining Mainly to Businesses



 



     The employer identification number is a major identifier on



most of the administrative record files- including even the Census'



Standard Statistical Establishment List. Some other similarities



and differences in the files are:



 



     a. Universe



 



     The file with the largest coverage is the Master Employer Name



Directory with about 27 million records' However, this file is not



current and contains inactive businesses.  The SSEL is the most



comprehensive current list of businesses with the exception of the



very small businesses.  For these businesses, the IRS Business Mas-



ter File is more complete.  The Department Of Agriculture's



Producer name and Address Master File, and their Economics,



Statistics, and Cooperative Service List Sampling Frame have



extensive coverage of the farming sector.



 



     b. Geographic information



 



     As with the individual record systems, them is no subcounty



geography data,present on any of the business files with the



exception of the SSEL.  For businesses, location may have different



meanings.  Most of the geography reported on these files is in



terms of company headquarters and may not refer to the individual



establishment.  Consequently, a reporting of a major geographically



dispersed company at its headquarter's location can introduce a



significant error into the data.



 



     c. Economic data



 



     Number of employees, total payroll, and gross sales seem to be



the most common economic items present on the files.



 



     d. Reporting Unit



 



     The reporting unit of these files is mainly the Employer



Identification Number with the exception of the SSEL.  This creates



a problem in any statistical use of these files because some EIN's



represent only part of a company but an EIN may cover many



establishments.



 



 



              C. Continuous Work History Sample Files



 



     The survey results in the previous section indicate



clearly that individual administrative record files usually do not



contain the comprehensive population coverage and detailed



identification of population characteristics desired for most



statistical analysis.  The results also indicate, however, that it



is often technically possible to overcome some of the limitations



of single administrative files by linking several files and merging



the information contained in these files.  With files pertaining to



individuals the SSN provides the principal basis for linkage and



with business files the EIN is usually the basis for linkage.  Both



the problems and the potential benefits of file linkage we



increased significantly when interagency linkages are considered



(see, for example, the discussion of the Linked Administrative



Statistical Sample in Chapter VI); but highly valuable statistical



files can be developed through intra-agency linkages of



administrative files in such large agencies as IRS and SSA.  The



Continuous Work History Sample program of SSA illustrates well the



problems and potential of such intra-agency file linkages.



     The CWHS program involves the construction of several



statistical sample files from information contained in the SSA



administrative files documented in Tables III.1 and III.2., The 1



percent 1937-to-date CWHS file, for example, involves primarily the



extraction and merger of information from the Summary Earnings



Record and Master Beneficiary Record files documented in Table III.



1. Annual and longitudinal employee-employer CWHS files are



constructed largely by merging detailed earnings items which are



input to the Summary Earnings Record File with industrial and



geographic information obtained from the SSA employer files



documented in Table III.2.



     CWHS files do not contain occupational information for



workers, nor do they contain the detailed socioeconomic



characteristics available in census sample files.  CWHS files do,



however, contain information on worker sex, age, and race; and they



can provide much greater longitudinal detail relating to the



earnings history of workers than is available from any survey



source.  The CWHS program, moreover, has a considerable advantage



over household surveys in obtaining employer information because of



the possibility of direct links between employer and employee



administrative files.  The advantage of direct links between



employer and employee information; however, is offset somewhat by



quality problems associated with the geographic and industrial



coding in SSA employer files (sec Chapter VII).



     Because the CWHS program illustrates well both the potential



and the problems associated with the statistical use of



administrative records. examples of CWHS applications and



deficiencies are presented throughout the report.  Some of the more



detailed references to the CWHS program are included in: (1) the



discussion in



 



                                14



 





     Chapter V of the new joint IRS-SSA system of annual employer



reporting (on Form W-2) of individual worker wages; (2) the



discussion in Chapter VI of the development of the new Linked



Administrative Statistical Sample program; and (3) the discussion



in Chapter VII of technical problems encountered in the statistical



use of administrative records.  To permit the reader to better



follow the references to the CWHS made throughout the report, a



detailed description of the CWHS program and CWHS files is



presented in the second appendix to this chapter.



 



 



   D. The Evolution of Statistical Use of Administrative Records



 



     Chapter IV contains a detailed discussion of statistical uses



of administrative records from the perspective of selected Federal



agencies that make extensive use of administrative records in their



statistical and research programs.  Chapters V and VI then follow



with detailed case studies of selected projects and programs



involving intensive statistical use of administrative records.  To



provide additional background for the chapters on uses, this



section reviews some of the circumstances surrounding t he



evolution of statistical uses of administrative record files



covered in Tables III.1 and III.2.



     The use of administrative records as a source of statistical



information is not a new idea, but the last decade's extensive



computerization of these files has fostered an increasing interest



in the topic.  In fact, there seems to have been a progression in



the employment of administrative records for statistical purposes. 



Initially, with the establishment of an administrative records



system, an agency prepared summaries of the data for guiding their



operations and for policy decisions.  This may be done with the



full data set or a sample.  Its purpose is primarily



administrative, not statistical.  Perhaps IRS is the best example.



What started out as a mainly administrative effort has evolved into



the current Statistics of Income program (see Chapter IV).  While



administrative considerations are still important, the Statistics



of Income sample is used extensively by researchers to study issues



of general statistical and economic interest.



     Administrative records systems were used very early in



evaluation projects such as the evaluation of the 1950 Census



income results using IRS and SSA data (NBER, 1958).  After each



decennial population census since then, there have been attempts to



understand and quantify any error in the results by matching a



small sample of census records to various administrative record



sets such as IRS data (Schneider and Knott. 1973), Medicare data



(U.S. Bureau of the Census 1973c), birth records (U.S. Bureau of



the Census, 1963 and 1973a), death records (Kitagawa and Hauser,



1973), and employment records (U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1965).



These evaluation efforts may be characterized by the relatively



small number of cases involved.  This limit on size is the result



of the objective of the project as well as cost considerations. 



Most evaluation projects involving these Federal files are aimed at



National results only and do not attempt to measure differences at



the State or even regional level. (This is changing, however, for



the 1980 Census Evaluation, the matching will attempt to produce



estimates at the State level-see Chapter VI.)



     With the extensive computerization of administrative files in



the 1960's, the possibilities for expanded statistical uses became



obvious.  For example, IRS completed the computerization of the



Individual Master File with the 1967 file.  Also, over this same



period, there was a great reduction in the cost of computer data



processing and an increase in understanding how to process and



control large data files, thus making the use of these administra-



tive files feasible for statistical purposes.



     These developments and potential uses of administrative



records were understood and debated (Hansen, 1974).  While that



debate cannot be reviewed here, the outcome has been that no



centralization of administrative records has taken place in the



Federal government, but statistical uses of administrative records



have continued.  Some transfer of administrative records between



agencies has been permitted, but each transfer has been justified



and approved on a case-by-case basis (Kilss and Scheuren, 1979). 



Some people feel that this case-by-case approach has retarded the



use of administrative records in developing useful statistical



data, but this has never been fully documented.



     In one sense, survey- and census-based data may be blamed for



the slow development of administrative records-based data.  Up



until recently (and perhaps still), survey- and census-based data



have had a real edge on administrative records in several areas. 



For example, if small area data are needed, the Census of



Population and Housing provides small area data defined completely



and in the "correct" geography (i.e., by residence).  Adminis-



trative records-based data may be able to approximate the needed



data, but not at the same level of accuracy.  It is a question of



trading-off accuracy for currency.  If the need is for national.



regional, or even State data, surveys may be a more efficient way



to obtain needed data than the development of an administrative



records-based system.



     However, with the need for small area data on a regular basis,



the currency and small area advantages of administrative records



may now outweigh the disadvantages of definitional problems and



less accuracy.  For example, with the passage of the State and



Local Fiscal Assistance Act of 1972, the Bureau of the Census was



asked to



 



                                15



 







provide population and per capita total money income data for



38,500 governmental units.  The Bureau accomplished this by using



an extract from the 1969 and 1972 entire IRS Individual Master



File.  This required IRS to collect and clerically code the



residence address of all taxpayers on the 1972 IMF.  The cost of



the first set of estimates. including the IRS coding, was in excess



of $5 million.  This was the first administrative records-based



project of this magnitude and demonstrated the expense and benefit



of administrative records.  It should also be noted that this



successful application of administrative records used



administrative records to measure change since the 1970 census (Fay



and Herriot, 1979).  In this way. the definitional problems were



minimized.



     With the expanded interest in administrative records, them is



now taking place the needed experimentation and research to



understand the particular idiosyncracies of these files.  This



will, hopefully, come to fruition in the 1980's with useful data in



several areas.  For example, migration rates by race can be



computed by linking race from the SSA Summary Earnings File to the



IRS data.  This has been done on a sample basis and State estimates



prepared (Word 1978).  It is expected that this work will continue.



     By using tax returns (or W-2's) to establish a current



residence, and the Form 941 to link an employer to an employee, and



the Master Employer Name Directory (mainly SS-4) to define an



employer's location, current journey-to-work estimates are



possible.  The Bureau of the Census and the Bureau of Economic



Analysis have done some work in this area, so far, however, without



great success.  The problems of multi-establishment employers, low



quality geography coding of employers, etc.. are major obstacles



when trying to estimate the change in a particular journey-to-work



flow. (Chapter VII contains a more detailed discussion of the



problems encountered in the BEA journey-to-work study.)



Currently, the Census Bureau uses IRS adjusted gross income and



wages and salary data to update the 1970 census per capita income



estimates.  By using the age, race, and sex data from the Social



Security Administration, the IRS information could be adjusted for



differential reporting by age, race, and sex.  Updating income size



distribution estimates with IRS data has long been considered



desirable.  The inability to group IRS returns directly into



families or households makes such updating difficult, but synthetic



estimation procedures involving IRS data are being used in the



development of family personal income size distribution estimates



at BEA (see Chapter IV).



     The need for targeted surveys and more sampling efficiency for



small populations will continue to make administrative records



important as a sampling frame.  In the business files, the use of



the business lists as sampling francs may be their single most



important function, either to complete or to stratify a universe



for sampling.



     In summary. the statistical use of administrative records will



continue to grow, but not easily.  The use of administrative



records data in preparing statistics must be preceded by a period



of analysis and experimentation in order to understand the



particular problems inherent in each administrative record system.



 



                        E. Appendix III.1



 



                       The Survey Questionnaire



 



Statistical Use Survey of Records Pertaining to



Individuals, Individual Firms, or Employers Maintain



and/or Mandated by the Federal Government



 



Survey for: Subcommittee on Statistical Uses of Administrative Records



            Federal Committee on Statistis Methodology



            Office of Federal Statistical Policy and Standards



 



Please complete the following questions as applicable. Since this survey 



covers individuals, householdsm and business organizations (firms and 



employers), not all of the questions may pertain to the data file you are



answering the questions about.  If you have any questions concerning the 



survey or concerning a particular question; or need additional copies of the



survey form, please contact Ms. Maria Gonzales on (202) 673-7953.



 



              (Please mark the appropriate category or categories



                      or supply the requested information)



 



1.  What is the name of the file?



    A) General name by which the file is usually called___________________________



    B) Technical or official name if different from 



       the general name_______________________________________________________



2.  What type of documentation exists for the file? 



    __ International Documentation



       __ Not available to anyone outside the agency.



       __ Available on request.



 



20



 



                           16



 





  _ Outside Documentation



    _ None currently prepared.



    _ Available on request.



    _ Not now available, but could be prepared upon request.



3.  What type of documentation is available outside the agency?



  _ Record Layout



  _ File description--technical description



  _ General file description without specific field description



  _ No documentation available outside agency



4.  What type of information is present on the file? The purpose of this 



    question is to obtain a list of the kind of information present on the



    file which might have statistical uses.  You may respond to the 



    appropriate questions below or provide a separate listing of the infor-



    mation on the file.  Is the reporting or filing unit an individual, 



    household, business, or some other unit?



    _ Individual (Answer 4A)



    _ Household, Family, or Other Group of Individuals (Answer 4B)



    _ Business or Employer (Answer 4C)



    _ Other reporting unit (Answer 4D)



 



4A. What kind of information on individuals is present on the file?



 



                                        Please Circle Yes



                                       or No as Appropriate



1) Person's name                           Yes      No



2) Mailing address                         Yes      No



3) Residence address                       Yes      No



4) Has the address been assigned           Yes      No



   a geographic code? If yes, what



   level of geography are present?



     State                                 Yes      No



     County                                Yes      No



     Place                                 Yes      No



     Other, please specify__________



5) Race--If yes, what are the cate-        Yes      No     



   gories?



6) Spanish or oher ethnic origin de-



   signation--If yes, what are the 



   categories? ____________________        Yes      No



7) Date of birth or age                    Yes      No



8) Sex                                     Yes      No



9) Marital Status--If yes, what are 



   the categories?__________________       Yes      No



10) Income--If yes, what are the           Yes      No



    types of income present?________



11) Person's family or household in-  



    come--If yes, please specify type.



12) Social Security or Railroad Retire-



    ment Number                            Yes      No



13) Is the person's employer identified?   Yes      No



    If yes, is the employer's Empoly-



    er Identification Number present



14) Is the person's occupation identi-     Yes      No



    fied? 



15) Is the person's occupation identi-     Yes      No



    fied?



16) Level of education or technical        Yes      No



    skill



17) Place of birth or foreign country      Yes      No



    of birth



18) Information on person's health or      Yes      No



    disability--If yes, please specify



    __________________________________



19) Other relevant statistical informa-    Yes      No



    tion --If yes, please specify_____



 



4B. What kind of information on a household, family, or other group



    of individuals is present on the file?



 



                                        Please Circle Yes



                                       or No as Appropriate



1) Person's name                           Yes      No



2) Mailing address                         Yes      No



3) Residence address                       Yes      No



4) Has the address been assigned           Yes      No



   a geographic code? If yes, what



   level of geography are present?



     State                                 Yes      No



     County                                Yes      No



     Place                                 Yes      No



     Other, please specify__________



5) Household or family size                Yes      No



6) Each household or family member         Yes      No



   identified



7) Household or family income              Yes      No



 



The following questions apply to the household or familly head or



primary applicant.



 



8) Date of birth or age                    Yes      No



9) Sex                                     Yes      No



10) Race--If yes, what are the cate        Yes      No



     gories? ______________________



11) Spanish or other ethnic origin des-    Yes      No



    ignation--If yes, what are the



    categories? ___________________



12) Social Security or Railroad Retire-    Yes      No



    ment Number



 



4C.  What kind of information on business organizations or employers



is present on this file?



                                                Employer         Other please



                 Company or      Establish-     Identification  specify in the



                 Enterprise         ment        Number (EIN)   Remark section



                 ___________________________________________________________________



The file is 



organized by        



(please check           ß              ß            ß                 ß



the correct):       



 



1) Name             Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



2) Address          Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



3) Location code    Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



for establishment 



or other report-



ing unit



                                21



 



 



 



 



 



4C.  What kind of information on business organizations or employers



     is present on this file? (Continued)



 



                                                            Employer         Other please



                            Company or      Establish-     Identification  specify in the



                             Enterprise         ment        Number (EIN)   Remark section



                 ___________________________________________________________________



 



4) Number of employees--       Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



 If yes, as of what 



  date?_________________



5) Total payroll               Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



    Annually                   Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



    Quarterly                  Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



6) Primary industry-- if yes   Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



   what industry coding



   system is used?  for 



   example, 4 digit SIC,



   2 digit SIC, etc.



   ______________________



   ______________________



   ______________________



7) Secondary industry          Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



8) Gross sales or receipts     Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



9) Product description         Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



10) Amount and description of  Yes     No     Yes     No    Yes     No        Yes     No



    capital base, total invest-



    ment in plant and equip-



    ment



11) What other items of statistical interest are available? Please list 



    in Remarks section below.



 



4D. What kind of information is available for the "other reporting unit?"



    Please specigy the kind of information present on the file for the "other



    reporting unit" in the space provided below.



5.  What are the applications or forms which the data are derived? If



    possible, include the OMB (or other) form number.



6.  Briefly describe the process by which this information is obtained



    from the individual or business(firm, employer) and procesed



    to the data file being described.



7.  What is the purpose of the file?  If the purpose is to meet specific 



    legislative requirements, please include a citation for applicable



    Federal law agency regulation, or agency requirement.



8. a) Is the file a computerized version of a "paper system?"



               Yes         No



   b) What year was the file first created?________________________



   c) Has the file been expanded or has the data on the file



      changed significanlty over its history?    Yes        No



        If yes, please explain how.



9. How many individuals or businesses are represented on the file?



   (An approximate number only.) __________________________________



10. What are the restrictions on the use of file?



    a) Legal Restrictions--



    b) Administrative Restrictions--



    c) Other Restrictions--



11. If either the SSN or EIN are present on the data file, what is their



    purpose?



12. Is the file currently being used for statistical purposes?



        Yes     No



    For example: Is the file used as a sampling frame for any surveys?



    Are tabulations prepared from the file that are used for statistical



    purposes?



    Please briefly describe any statistical uses of the data file.



13. How often are data collected and updated for this file?



        Collected                            Updated



        _ One time only                  _ As needed



        _ Annually                       _ Annually



        - Quarterly                      _ Quarterly



        _ Other, please specify          _ Other, please specify



 



14.  Please provide the name, address, and telephone number of a person



     who could answer questions concerning the data file (this persons 



     need not be the same person who answers this survey). 



        Name:  ___________________________________



        Address:  ________________________________



                  ________________________________



        City and State:___________________________



                       ___________________________



        Zip Code: ________________________________



        Telephone Number:  _______________________



15. Name and telephone number of person who completed this survey 



    if different from above.



        Name:  ___________________________________



        Telephone Number:  _______________________



       



 



 



                                22



 



 



 



 



 



                         F. Appendix III.2



 



                       The CWHS Data System



 



     The Continuous Work History Sample is a system of general



multipurpose statistical data files designed primarily for



socioeconomic research.  The system consists of samples of records



of individuals with employment covered by social security. 



Earnings, employment and benefit data for the individual along with



personal characteristics and employer characteristics are



maintained at varying degrees among five basic data files and two



special files that are produced in the CWHS system.



     This appendix describes: (1) the data sources for the CWHS



system; (2) the procedures used to construct the administrative



data files underlying the system; (3) the procedures used to create



statistical files from the records in the administrative files; (4)



the sample design used for the system; and (5) the principal data



elements in each of the five basic CWHS files.  The discussion



refers to data and procedures predating the start of annual wage



reporting in 1979 (for calendar year 1978).  A discussion of the



new annual reporting system is presented in Chapter V. And Chapter



VII contains considerable discussion of the limitations of CWHS



data.



 



1. Data Sources



 



     Data for the CWHS are obtained from records derived from



reporting and informational forms and applications used in



administering the retirement, survivors and disability programs of



the Social Security Administration.  The date of birth. sex and



race of the person is obtained from the Application for a Social



Security Number (Form SS-5).  Geographic and industry information



is obtained from the employer's Application for an Identification



Number (Form SS-4) and other related forms that are used



periodically to update this information (Form OAA-100, OAA-103 and



SSA-5019).  Initially, employers are assigned geographical and



industry classifications based on the location and nature of



business information sup. plied on the Form SS-4.  Information that



is not satisfactorily reported on the SS-4 is obtained through the



supplemental forms OAA-100 and OAA-103.



     Employers who operate more than one place of business and have



a total of 50 employees with at least six in a separate location



are asked to use the Establishment Reporting Plan.  Under this plan



the employer gives SSA- a list showing the location. industrial



activity and approximate number of employees of each establishment. 



On subsequent wage reports the employer groups his employees by



establishment, identifying each group with a  preassigned



establishment number.  The arrangement allows SSA to properly



classify the employees according to geography and industry.



     Data on earnings and employment are derived from various



reporting forms submitted by employers and self-employed persons. 



Prior to 1978, with the advent of annual wage reporting, taxable



wages of employees were reported quarterly by regular employers on



Form 941, household employers on Form 942, and State and local



government employers on Form OAR-S3.  Farm employers report



annually on Form 943 and self-employed persons use Schedule SE of



Form 1040 to report annually. (Refer to Chapter V for a discussion



of the new annual reporting system).



     Claims and benefits information is obtained from applications



and forms that are completed in the process of filing for and



determining entitlement to benefits.



 



2.   Processing Procedures--Administrative Records



 



     The demographic information (date of birth, sex and race)



furnished by the applicant on the Form SS-5 is extracted after the



social security number has been issued.  This information is



maintained on magnetic tape in a master file called the Summary



Earnings Record (see Table III.1).  This is the record in which the



lifetime earnings and quarters of coverage of the individual is



recorded for use in determining entitlement to benefits and



calculating benefit amounts at the time a claim for benefits is



made.



     The information supplied by the employer on the Form SS-4,



relating to the location and nature of his business, is manually



coded with geographic and industry codes.  This information is key



punched and maintained on magnetic tape in a master file of



employers called the Employer Identification file (see Table



III.2). Additionally, the information supplied on Form SSA-5019 by



multi-unit employers using the Establishment Reporting Plan per-



taining to the location and nature of business of each separate



reporting unit, is also manually coded with geographic and industry



codes and maintained in the EI file.



     The earnings data that are reported by employers are received



and processed at SSA in a variety of ways.  Hand filled paper forms



that meet certain criteria are optically scanned to produce a



machine-readable record, while others are keypunched.  Some



employers, usually having a large number of employees, report



directly on magnetic tape.  The reports of self-employed persons



are received directly from the Internal Revenue Service on magnetic



tape.  After all of the earnings data is in machine-readable form



with appropriate identifying information, the tapes enter a



computer balancing operation in which each page of each report is



checked to see that the wage items balance to the page totals



provided by the employer.  Out



 



                                23



 



 



 



 



 



of balance items are investigated and corrective action taken. 



Balanced items are passed on to an operation where individual items



are sorted in social security number sequence and then matched to



the Summary Earnings Record on number and the first six letters of



the surname.  Earnings amounts are added to the summary records



where complete matches occur.  Unmatched records are rejected for



further investigation and processing.



     Prior to annual reporting, this processing occurred at regular



intervals four times during the year.  It generally takes about 9



months after the end of reference period to receive, process and



update the summary earnings records with virtually all of the items



for that period.



     Claims for social security benefits are filed in local social



security district offices.  Requests for earnings records and



benefit computations are made by the district offices to SSA



headquarters.  After the earnings record is located, benefit



computations are made and documentation of the claim is prepared



and forwarded to the requesting office where the claim is developed



and forwarded to program service centers for benefit authorization. 



Upon authorization of benefits, the program service center sends a



notification of award to headquarters where a new beneficiary



record is established in the Master Beneficiary Record file (see



Table III.1).  Changes to records in the beneficiary file are made



through reports by the district office or program center.  The



Master Beneficiary Record file is used in the preparation of



monthly social security benefit check records which are forwarded



to the Treasury Department for payment.



 



3. Processing Procedures-Statistical Records



 



      Once a year after the Summary Earnings Record has been



updated with virtually all of the prior year's earnings, a 1



percent sample (based on specified digits of the social security



number) is extracted.  This file becomes the foundation for



producing the 1 percent 1937-to-date CWHS.  It is used along with



the prior year's CWHS, a 1 percent sample extracted from the Master



Beneficiary Record file, and miscellaneous correction files to



generate the required data elements for the current year's 1



percent CWHS.



     At the same time that earnings data for the current processing



period are posted to the Summary Earnings Record, the 1 percent



sample of earnings items records are written off separately on



magnetic tape.  The items are accumulated until all four quarters



of the year have been processed.  They are then summarized into one



record for each employee-employer-establishment combination with



quarterly earnings amounts maintained separately.  The resulting



records are matched to the Employer Identification file and



geographic and industry codes are inserted.  They are then



resummarized to an employee-employer level.  Cases having



employment with more than one establishment of the same employer



are assigned to the unit having the most activity in terms of



quarters of employment.  A match is the n made to a special extract



from the 1 percent sample 1937-to-date CWHS containing date of



birth, sex and race codes.  These personal characteristics are



inserted into the record to form the final 1 percent Sample Annual



Employee-Employer file.



     Another file of the earnings items that are posted to the



Summary Earnings Record, previously referred to, is written off



separately for another type of processing.  This is a 0.1 percent



sample and is a subset of the 1 percent sample.  These records are



accumulated over the same time period as the 1 percent sample



records and are processed along with the prior year's 0.1 percent



basic file and a special 0.1 percent write off of certain data



items from the current year's 1 percent CWHS file to create the



current year's 0.1 percent 1937-to-date CWHS.



     Information for self-employed persons. coming from the



Schedule SE of the Form 1040, is submitted to SSA from IRS directly



on magnetic tape.  After initial processing of these records in



order to properly credit and post earnings to the Summary Earnings



Record, the 1 percent sample records in this file are written off



for statistical processing.  In subsequent computer operations IRS



industry codes that are in the original record are converted to SSA



industry codes and addresses are converted to geographic codes



through a special coding file that utilizes Zip code and place



names.  Correspondence is generated for cases with missing and/or



incomplete information asking for the required data.  The final



resulting file from these operations is the 1 percent Sample Annual



Self Employed file.



     In addition to the regular statistical processing described



above, in recent years special processing has been done to generate



two additional files; the First Quarter Employee-Employer-



Establishment files for the 1 percent sample and a special 10



percent Sample First Quarter Employee-Employer-Establishment file. 



Processing for these files is similar to processing for the Annual



Employee-Employer files except that it is done after all first



quarter receipts have been received and posted to the summary



earnings record.  Record contents are virtually the same as the



annual except that only first quarter data are included.  The 1



percent first quarter files have been prepared for the years 1970-



76, while the 10 percent first quarter files have been produced for



the years 1971, 1973, and 1975.



 



4. Sample Design



 



     The population from which the CWHS is selected consists of the



one billion possible nine-digit social security



 



                                24



 



 



 



 



 



numbers.  These numbers have the following digital arrangement:



 



 Area in which



    number



   assigned          Group number       Serial number



(three digits)       (two digits)       (four digits)



     XXX                XX                   XXXX



 



In the issuance of social security numbers, each State is assigned



one or more area numbers with the exception of a special block of



numbers assigned prior to August 1963 to persons covered under the



Railroad Retirement Act.  Each State number, in combination with a



given group number defines a stratum.  The population assigned



social security numbers is thus stratified geographically (by place



of application for social security number) and chronologically (by



the process of assigning these numbers).  Each number is an element



of a given stratum, and the population represented by the possible



one billion elements constitutes the sampling frame.



     The CWHS is a longitudinal sample of persons with covered



employment.  The sample consists of all persons who have social



security numbers with specified digits in certain of the serial-



number positions and who have covered employment during any defined



reference period.  The digital selection pattern remains constant. 



The employment and earnings histories for persons in the sample are



available from 1957 forward, with limited additional earnings data



going back to 1937.



     The 1 percent CWHS may be described as a stratified cluster



probability sample of all possible social security numbers.  A



stratum consists of all social security numbers with the same area-



group number.  In a stratum for which all numbers have been issued,



the 1 percent sample consists of 100 of the 9,999 social security



numbers issued. (Numbers ending in 0000 are not assigned.)



     The clustering within a stratum arises from the particular



digital selection procedure used, in combination with past methods



of assigning social security numbers.  Because of the clustering,



sampling errors of estimates from the 1 percent CWHS are slightly



larger than those that would result from a stratified random sample



of the same size.



     The present design of the 1 percent sample evolved from



earlier sample designs--an initial 20 percent sample and a later 4



percent sample.  All past designs have used the same stratification



modes as are used in the present design.



     The 10 percent CWHS is a stratified systematic sample.  The



strata are the same as those used for the 1 percent sample, and the



digital selection procedure within strata is such that them is no



clustering effect.  Therefore, sampling errors of estimates from



the 10 percent CWHS are presumed to be about the same as or



slightly smaller than those that would result from a simple random



sample of the same size.



 



5.   Data Files



 



 



     A brief description of the files produced in the CWHS



system is shown below, including a listing of the major data



elements.  These files had been made available on a cost



reimbursable basis with precautions taken to preserve the



confidentiality of information relating to specific individuals or



reporting units.  These precautions included limiting the data



elements to those needed by the researcher for the purposes stated



and transformation of identifying numbers to unique case numbers



which still permit linking of common records among various files. 



Additionally, a conditions-of-release agreement was signed by the



requestor.  At present, however,  SSA is not releasing CWHS files



to the public pending legal clarification of restrictions on



release imposed by the Tax Reform Act of 1976.



 



a.   One percent sample annual Employee-Employer (Ee-Er) File



 



     A 1 percent sample of social security numbers for which wage



and salary employment was reported in the reference year.  There is



one record for each employee-employer combination.  Basic data



elements: (1) personal characteristics--year of birth, sex, race;



(2) wages-annual taxable, quarterly taxable, and total estimated



wages; (3) employer-State and county, industry. coverage group



(farm, household, Federal civilian, etc.); (4) insurance status;



(5) benefit status.



 



b.   One percent sample annual Self-Employed (SE) file



 



     A 1 percent sample of social security numbers for which self-



employment earnings subject to social security coverage were



reported in the reference year.  Basic data elements: (1) personal



characteristics-year of birth. sex, race; (2) self-employment--



taxable income, net comings, State and county, industry; (3)



taxable earnings (including wages, if any); (4) type of work-farm



or nonfarm self-employment (and wage indication. if any); (5)    



insurance status; (6) benefit status.



 



c.   One percent sample Longitudinal Employee-Employer Data (LEED)



     file



 



     Assembled from the 1 percent sample annual Ee-Er records which



art prepared yearly.  In the annual files. one record is created



for each employee-employer combination during the year.  In the



longitudinal file, the original records from the various annual



files have been skeletonized, resequenced, and merged so that all



records associated with an employee over the time span of the file



appear



 



                                25



 



 



 



 



 



together.  Basic data elements are the same as in the 1 percent



sample Ee-Er.



 



d.   One percent 1937 to date CWHS file,



 



     A 1 percent sample of social security numbers issued



through cut-off date of file reflecting entire work experience in



covered employment.  Basic data elements: (1) personal



characteristics- year of birth, sex, race; (2) employment-number



and pattern of years employed, first and last years employed,



pattern of quarters employed (last 2 years), number of quarters of



coverage 1937 to date, pattern of quarters of coverage 1957 to



date; (3) type of work-farm or nonfarm, wage or self-employment;



(4) taxable earnings each year 1951 to date; (5) self-employment--



taxable income each year 1951 to year prior to current year, net



earnings, for year prior to current year; (6) insurance status; (7)



benefit status.



 



e.   One-tenth of 1 percent 1937 to date CWHS file



 



     A 0.1 percent sample of social security numbers issued through



cutoff date of file reflecting entire work experience in covered



employment.  Basic data elements are generally the same as for the



1 percent CWHS except for more detailed earnings information, e.g.,



taxable wages each year 1937 to date, taxable farm wages each yew



1955 to date, quarterly wages each quarter of each year 1951 to



date, net earnings from self-employment each year 1956 to date.



In addition to the files described above, two others have been



created at the request of the Bureau of the Census and the Bureau



of Economic Analysis-the 1 percent sample and 10 percent sample



First Quarter Employee-Employer-Establishment file.  Microdata has



been made available from the 1 percent sample first quarter file;



however, only summary files and tabulations from the 10 percent



sample are available.



 



                                26



 



 



 



 



 



                                                         CHAPTER IV



 



         Major Statistical Uses of Administrative Records



 



 



     Most of this chapter is devoted to review of statistical uses



of administrative records in five selected Federal agencies.  These



agencies include: (1) the Internal Revenue Service and (2) the



Social Security Administration, which represent two of the largest



primary collectors of administrative data pertaining to individuals



and businesses. (3) the Bureau of Economic Analysis, which uses



administrative record data extensively in making estimates for the



national economic accounts and related statistical series; (4) the



Bureau of the Census, which uses a wide variety of administrative



records in developing sampling frames and evaluating survey data as



well as directly in estimating statistical-series; and (5) the



Small Business Administration, which is in the process of using



data from a variety of administrative sources in the development of



a general-purpose small business data base for use in research and



policy analysis.  Although them is no review of administrative



record use of the Bureau of Labor Statistics in this chapter,



Chapter V contains a major case study involving BLS use of



administrative records from the Unemployment insurance payroll tax



system.



     The discussion of uses in this chapter is not intended to be



comprehensive.  Brief overviews of uses by agency are supplemented



by a few more detailed discussions of uses in specific programs. 



The more detailed discussions involve primarily Census Bureau



programs in the area of economic statistics.  A number of Census



Bureau uses of administrative records in population statistics



programs are covered in some detail in other chapters (especially



Chapter VI).The overviews of IRS and SSA programs are brief, but



examples of uses of IRS and SSA administrative records appear



repeatedly in other chapters.  The narrative discussion of BEA uses



is brief, in part because many of the uses of administrative



records in economic accounts can be conveniently summarized in



tabular form.  The SBA discussion involves a new program still



under development and is intended primarily to illustrate problems



facing the development effort.



     Chapter III has already provided some selected examples



illustrating the historical development of statistical use of



administrative records.  As with the examples cited in Chapter III,



most of the examples considered in this and subsequent chapters



involve direct or indirect use of primary administrative files such



as those documented in Chapter III. The distinction between



administrative and statistical data files, however, has not always



been made clear.  Therefore, to provide some additional perspective



on the process of making statistical uses of administrative



records, the first section of this chapter discusses some of the



general considerations involved in defining administrative record



files and in creating and using statistical files derived from



administrative records.  Following the first section, the remaining



five sections of the chapter discuss uses of administrative-based



statistical data on an agency-by-agency basis.  An appendix



contains selected tabular materials relating to the agency



discussions.



 



             A.  Defining Administrative Record Files



                   and Using Them statistically



 



     In statistical uses of records pertaining to persons or



businesses, the interest is generally in studying the



characteristics and attributes of groups of individual entities as



opposed to identifying specific entities and taking actions based



on their individual characteristics as in administrative uses. 



Indeed, in censuses and surveys involving direct collection of



information for statistical use, it is usually felt to be important



to provide assurances to participating respondents that information



they supply will not be used as a direct basis for administrative



actions against (or for) them specifically.  Therefore, in this



report statistical (as opposed to administrative) record files will



generally be considered to be files which are not made available



for taking administrative action with respect to individual legal



entities (persons or businesses); i.e., files which are not used to



determine an individual reporting entity's legal obligations or



benefit entitlements.



     Given the distinction between statistical and administrative



files just suggested, it should be acceptable to create statistical



files from administrative files, but not vice versa.  This concept



of "functional separation" of records is being considered in



proposed legislation (see Chapter VIII), and is applied in SSA's



Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to revise its Regulation No. 1, but



is not yet well established in either the regulations or the



procedural policies followed in many Federal agencies.  The result



is



 



                                27



 



 



 



 



 



considerable variation and confusion in the extent to which



administrative records can be made available for statistical uses. 



Problems related to limitations and confusion surrounding access to



administrative records for statistical use will be discussed in



connection with examples covered throughout the report; and the



legal aspects of the access issue will be reviewed in detail in



Chapter VIII.  The remainder of this section provides a brief, but



somewhat more general overview of considerations associated with



using administrative records for statistical purposes.



     The primary distinction between administrative records and



statistical records is the ultimate use to which they are intended



to be put.  This usually means a parallel distinction in the degree



to which the statistician is in control of the design and



collection of the records.  Survey records and their collection



procedures are designed, documented and controlled to yield the



desired statistical characteristics.  When administrative records



are used statistically, the statistician must locate existing



records and determine their conceptual suitability for the intended



use.  And the statistician must also devise methods for overcoming



technical problems frequently encountered in making new uses of



existing records.



     As noted in Chapter III, most statistical uses of admin-



istrative records have developed on an ad hoc basis.  With the



exception of uses by the collecting agency to generate statistics



needed for program administration, there are few examples of



administrative record systems that have been designed with



statistical uses in mind.  In most instances the statistician,



faced with the problem of generating statistics for a particular



policy analysis, fund distribution, or program evaluation purpose,



has approached an administrative record system from the standpoint



of what is available for the current application. in some instances



these ad hoc uses have become regularized and institutionalized,



but only rarely have statisticians specified changes in the design



or procedures of an administrative record system necessary to yield



more reliable statistics.  This is true even when the statistical



analysis provides essential feedback for the operation of the



administrative system.



     Statistical uses of the various administrative record sets



have generally been uncoordinated.  A body of uses and users have



developed independently for each record set.  For this reason, and



because the records are collected by different agencies with



differing legislation governing their collection and use, there is



very little standardization of the accessibility, documentation,



format, and quality of information available from the various



record systems.



     Statistical uses of administrative records, moreover, are



often met with some resistance from the operating personnel of the



collecting agency.  This is partially due to diffusion of



responsibilities.  Organizations which have responsibilities for



assembling statistics are usually no the same as those which have



responsibilities for maintaining administrative records and



consequently producing and using agencies have differing



priorities.  Even the statistical units of administrative agencies



are primarily responsible for meeting the statistical needs of that



program and only secondarily for meeting the statistical needs of



other Federal agencies, State and local governments, and other



public and private concerns.  Statistical uses are often viewed by



administrative personnel as an annoying addition to their already



overburdened work schedules.



     Other reasons for this resistance are related to confiden-



tiality restrictions and the massive nature of the record sets. 



Many of the record sets are collected with either formal or



informal assurances of confidentiality to the participating



entities.  Administrative personnel are therefore either unable or



reluctant to make the records available for statistical use.  Many



of the record sets are so large, amounting to many millions of



records, that even a seemingly minor change in the information to



be collected or the collection and processing procedures could have



far reaching cost and timing repercussions.



 



 



                    B. Internal Revenue Service



 



     The Internal Revenue Service, in its role as tax collector,



acquires millions of records from nearly all units of the economy:



individuals, proprietorships, corporations, and nonprofit



institutions.  These records are collected for tax-administration



rather than statistical purposes.  They are, however, used to



generate a wide variety of statistics.  The Statistics Division of



the IRS has responsibility for assembling statistics from tax



records.  These statistics are used for program planning and many



are also published for general use.



     The program planning uses range from analyses of simple



operating statistics, such as the number of returns processed and



taxes paid, to analyses of alternative tax policies, including the



assessment of revenues that would be raised under alternative



policies and the impact of those policies on the economy.



     The publications for general use include the Statistics of



Income reports (annual) based on individual, corporate and other



business tax returns; occasional reports based on information



obtained from fiduciary, estate, foreign and other tax returns and



schedules; and first-time reports (in preparation) on finances of



tax-exempt organizations and pensions plans.  Supplemental reports



are prepared biannually which classify information from individual



returns by SMSA and by county.  These reports are used to provide



basic information for tax studies by Congress and



 



                                28



 



 



 



 



 



its committees, for administrative use by the Secretary of the



Treasury and the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, and by other



Federal agencies, as for example, in BEA's construction of national



and regional economic accounts.  They are also used for general



economic research in the areas of income and wealth.



Many of the IRS statistical series are produced from samples of tax



returns.  The sample files, devoid of identifying information, are



made available to bona fide researchers on a cost reimbursable



basis.  The appendix includes a description of the major



administrative record files maintained by IRS. as well as a list of



Statistics of Income publications.



     The extensive statistical use of IRS records is indicated not



only by the diversity of IRS publications and internal programs,



but also by the prominent role of IRS records and tabulations in



the uses to be discussed later in this chapter for the Bureau of



Economic Analysis, the Census Bureau, and the Small Business



Administration.  In addition, IRS data play prominent roles in many



of the case studies examined in Chapters V and VI.



 



 



                 C. Social Security Administration



 



     The Continuous Work History Sample statistical program of SSA



has already been discussed in Chapter III.  But the CWHS program



emphasizes work-related data from its payroll tax program much more



than data connected directly with SSA disbursement of benefits



under its various programs.  In addition to regular Old Age,



Survivors, and Disability Insurance benefit programs, SSA also



administers the Supplemental Security Income program for the needy,



aged, blind, and disabled and the Aid to Families with Dependent



Children program which provides financial assistance to certain



qualified needy children; and until a reorganization within the



Department of Health, Education, and Welfare in March 1977, admi-



nistered the health insurance program under Medicare.  The Medicare



program is now administered by the Health Care Financing



Administration, but SSA continues to provide selected data



processing services for HCFA.  And SSA is also continuing to



administer the distribution of certain black lung benefits to coal



miners and their families.  In this case SSA responsibility covers



some new claims as well as those claims that were filed before the



basic black lung program was transferred to the Department of



Labor.



     In administering these varied and complex programs, a great



many records are maintained from which statistics are regularly



generated.  These statistics relate to general and specific aspects



of the various SSA programs, dealing with number of claims, number



and amount of benefit payments, post entitlement actions,



administrative costs, etc.



     Throughout the development of the social security system,



research has been important to policy formulation and program



administration.  The Office of Research and Statistics is the chief



research resource of SSA and has the responsibility for all program



statistics and for analyses required by the Administration and by



Congress.  In carrying out its mission, ORS disseminates a large



volume of statistics in the monthly Social Security Bulletin and



its Annual Statistical Supplement as well as in other reports,



papers, and statistical releases.  The appendix (section G.2) gives



an illustration of the great variety of statistics that are



produced by ORS.  The tables listed there were taken from the table



of contents of the 1976 Annual Statistical Supplement to the Social



Security Bulletin.



 



 



                  D. Bureau of Economic Analysis



 



     BEA relies heavily on administrative records in the



preparation of national economic accounts and related measures. 



BEA's estimates of current economic activity are based, with few



exceptions, on analysis of primary data obtained from other



agencies.  This use of available materials is economical because it



does not require extensive primary data collection activities.  It



has the further advantage of not adding to the reporting burdens of



businesses and individuals.  The process does, however, place a



burden on analysts in terms of adapting data designed for other



uses, remaining alert to changes. in source data-, and researching



potential new data sources.  In this dual role as an intensive user



and producer of government statistics, BEA accumulates more



experience than most other agencies with the systematic use of a



wide variety of administrative records.  The lack of consistent



definitions and procedures, uncoordinated formats and presentation



techniques, and inadequate timing are familiar to the BEA analyst



who must be aware of and make adjustments for deficiencies in



primary data.



     The list of administrative record tabulations which are used



directly to estimate components of the national income and product



accounts, the national input-output tables, and the international



accounts is extensive and includes various types of tax records,



regulatory records, financial records of the Federal Reserve System



and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, custom reports, and



budget documents.  Tables IV.1, IV.2, and IV.3 list the components



of the NIPA, input-output accounts and international accounts which



are based on administrative records.  The tables also indicate the



source of the records used.  In addition, Table IV.4 lists



components of the NIPA that are based on data from current surveys



for



 



                                29



 



 



 



 



 



which the sampling frames have been developed from administrative



record sources. (The development of such sampling frames is



discussed in the Census Bureau section).



     BEA's estimates of State and local area personal income



involve the use of many of the same administrative record sets



indicated for components of national personal income in Table IV.



1. In fact, since most current statistical surveys have sample



sizes that we too small to provide reliable State and local data,



administrative records play a relatively more important role in



State and local than in national personal income estimates.  Tax



records and budget documents are the most important sources.  The



Unemployment Insurance payroll tax program (see the case study in



Chapter V) is the principal source of wage and salary data, IRS tax



returns are the principal basis for estimating most components of



property income and nonfarm proprietors' income; and government



disbursement and related records are the basis for estimating the



bulk of transfer payments to individuals.



     For most of its work, BEA uses tabulations of records



maintained by other agencies rather than using microdata files



directly.  In a program to develop estimates of family personal



income size distribution, however,  BEA is working cooperatively



with SSA in the use of statistical matching techniques to merge



information from administrative-based microdata files with Current



Population Survey records.  The administrative data include SSA's



summary earnings and benefit records and IRS records from the



Individual Master File, Statistics of Income File, and Taxpayer



Compliance Measurement Program File.  An additional administrative-



based microdata file used extensively by BEA, particularly in



regional analysis, is SSA's employee-employer Continuous Work



History Sample (see Chapter III).  In each of these microdata files



used at BEA. individual identifiers have been removed or scrambled"



to protect confidentiality.  Even so, BEA access to several key



flies including the CWHS and TCMP files has been at least



temporarily halted by the Tax Reform Act of 1976.



 



 



         Table IV.1 National Income and Product Account



            Components Based on Administrative Records



 



NIPA Component                                  Administrative Record



 



Personal consumption expenditures:



   Tobacco and alcohol ...........         Tax records of Bureau



                                             of Alcohol, 



                                             Tobacco and Firearms



   Medical and legal services ....         Business income tax returns



   Brokerage charges .............         Regulatory reports of the 



                                             Securities and Exchange



                                             Commission



 



 



 



          Table IV.1 National Income and Product Account



       Component Based on Administrative Records -- Continued



 



 



NIPA Component                                  Administrative Record



 



Bank service charges ............         Regulaory reports



                                             of the Comptroller



                                             of the Currency,



                                             Board of Governors



                                             of the Federal Reserve



                                             System and the Federal



                                             Deposit Insurance Corporation



Consumer share of new                    State government motor



 motor vehicles                              vehicle-registration



                                             forms



Air transportation ..............        Regulatory report of the



                                             Civil Aeronoautics Board



Other intercity transportation           Regularoty reports of the



                                             Interstate Commerce Commission



Change in business inventories:



  Book value of inventories of           Business income tax



   nonfarm industires other                  returns



   than manufacturing and trade



Net exports:



  Merchandise trade ..............       Customs reports



Federal Government purchases             Budget documents



 of goods and service



Wages and salaries:



  Nonfarm ........................       Empoloyer payroll tax returns



  Federal government .............       Budget documents



  Employer contributions                 Employer payroll tax returns



    to social insurance



Other labor income:



  Pension plan contributions ......      Business income tax returns



Nonfarm proprietor's income .......                 "      "



Corporate profits .................                 "      "



    Corporate profit taxes ........                 "      "



    Dividends .....................                 "      "



Capital consumption allowances                      "      "



Business transfer payments ........                 "      "



Net interest ......................     Business income tax returns



                                          and regulatory reports



                                          of the FRB, FDIC,



                                          CofC, and Federal Savings



                                          and Loan Insurance



                                          Corporation



Indirect business taxes and             Various tax records



  subsidies



Transfer payments .................     Various budget documents



 



 



         Table IV.2 Input-Output Account Industry Estimates Board



                  on Administrative Records



 



     1-0 Industry                               Administrative Record



 



Agriculture, forestry, fisheries



   Receipts for use of national forest



     and forest services ...........      Reports of the US Federal Service



     Aerial application services          Reports of the FAA



Mining:



   Rental and royalty receipts            IRS, Statistics of......



 



 



 



                             30



 



 



 



 



 



 



         Table IV.2 Input-Output Account Industry Estimates Board



                  on Administrative Records--Continued



 



     1-0 Industry                               Administrative Record



 



Constrution:



  Installed cost of



    construction ..................         Regulatory reports of the



                                              ICC, FPC, FCC



 



Manufacturing:



  Addition of excise tax ..........         Administrative reports of the



                                              Treasury



  Addition of rents and royalties           IRS, Statistics of Income



  Small firm coverage in



    economic census ...............         Administrative records (Census)



  Addition of competive



    imports .......................         Customs data (Census)



Transportation:



  Operating revenues and



    expenses of:



    Regulated components of



    railroads, trucking, water



    and petroleum pipelines .......         Regulatory reports of ICC



 Regulated air ....................         CAB



 Unregulated components ...........         CAB, USDA, FAA, Corps of



                                               Engineers



Utilities:



  Operating revenues and



    expenses of regulated



    companies .....................          Regulatory reports of FCC, FPC



                                                ETA, REA



  Water and Sanitary Services                IRS, Statistics of Income



Wholesale and retail trade:



  Gross margins on sales ...........         IRS, Statistics of Income



  Sales and excise taxes



    and duties:



  Federal ..........................         Treasury reports



  State and local ..................         State and local administrative



                                                reports (Census)



Finance, insurance, and real estate:



    Banking and finance ............         FRB, FDIC, IRS Statistics of



                                                Income Administrative reports



                                                of Federally chartered banks



                                                and lending agencies



   Insurance agents and brokers              IRS, Statistics of Income



   Rents paid by business ..........         IRS, Statistics of Income



   Royalty receipts by business



     and persons ...................         IRS, individual income tax returns



   Rent and royalty receipts and



     payments by governments                  Budget documents



   Commissions for management



     and transfer of property .......         IRS, Statistics of Income



Other services:



   Activities outside the scope of



    economic censuses:



      Accounting, auditing, and



        other professional



         services ...................         IRS, Statistics of Income



     Medical services ...............         IRS, Statistics of Income



     Education service



       expenses .....................         Office of Education



Government enterprises:



   Federal enterprises ..............         U.S. Budget, Treasury Depart-



                                                 ment and agency reports



   State and local enterprises ......         State and local budget documents



                                                 (Census)



 



 



      Table IV.3 Balance of Payment Account Components



            Based on Administrative Records



 



Balance of Payments Component                    Administrative Records



 



Merchandise exports and imports                Customs-Census reports



Transportation ......................          Customs-Census reports



U.S. Government miscellaneous



  services ..........................          U.S. Post Office Department;



                                                 Department of Justice



Travel ..............................          Immigration and Naturalization



                                                 Service; Department



                                                 of Transportation;



                                                 Civil Aeronautics



                                                 Board; State Department;



                                                 Bank of Mexico; Statistics



                                                 Canada; Federal Reserve



                                                 Board



Official reserve assets ..............         U.S. Treasury



Claims and liabilities reported



 by U.S. Banks .......................         U.S. Treasury; Federal



                                                 Reserved System



Claims and liabilities on unaffiliated



  foreignes reported by U.S. non-



  banking concerns ...................         U.S. Treasury; Federal  



                                                  Reserve System



U.S. Securities and foreign



  securities .........................         U.S. Treasury; Federal  



                                                  Reserve System



 



 



                Table IV.4 National Income and Product Account



                  Components Based on Current Surveys



                Using Administrative-Record Based Sampling Frames



 



NIPA Components                                    Administrative Records



 



Personal consumption expenditures:



  Goods, less motor vehicles                   Monthly Retail Trade



                                                  Survey (Census)



  Personal and professional



   services ..........................         Monthly Selected Services



                                                  Survey (Census)



  Producer's durable equipment                 Annual Survey of Manufactures



                                                  (Census): Monthly



                                                  Manufacturers Shipments



                                                  Survey (Census)



                                                  Quarterly Plant and



                                                  Equipment Expenditures



                                                  Survey (BEA)



Structures ..........................          Construction put-in-place



                                                  (Census)



Change in business inventories,



 manufacturing and trade ............           Monthly surveys (Census)



Wages and salaries ..................           Monthly Establishment



                                                  Survey (BLS)



Corporate profits ...................           Quarterly Financial Report



                                                  (FTC)



 



 



                                31



 



 



 



                         E. Census Bureau



 



     The Bureau of the Census is the largest primary data



collection agency in the Nation.  It conducts the decennial



censuses of population and housing, economic censuses, agricultural



censuses, censuses of governments, special censuses and numerous



sample surveys.  In addition to these vast data collection



activities, the Bureau is also a major user of administrative



records.  It uses them directly to tabulate time-series information



and indirectly in a variety of ways including: design and



evaluation of censuses and surveys; identification of sampling



universe; estimates for non-surveyed portions of the universe; and



imputations for missing cells.



     The distinctions between administrative and statistical



records become particularly blurred with the Census Bureau



applications because so many of the records which we generally



consider as statistical are derived from censuses or surveys which



utilize administrative records in many important ways.  Even the



decennial censuses have in the past, utilized administrative



records in design and evaluation phases.



     Chapter III has already noted a major Census Bureau



administrative records program for developing intercensal



population and per capita income estimates for use in distributing



General Revenue Sharing funds to State and local areas.  Chapter



III also mentioned the importance of administrative records in



evaluation programs for the decennial censuses.  And Chapter VI



contains three detailed case studies illustrating administrative



record use in evaluation and improvement projects for the 1980



Census and in development plans for the proposed Survey of Income



and Program Participation household survey.  The examples of



administrative record uses cited in the remainder of this section



will be drawn primarily from areas of Census Bureau responsibility



for developing business and economic statistics.



 



1. Economic Censuses



 



     Under Title 13 of the United States Code, the Bureau of the



Census is required to conduct a group of economic censuses at five-



year intervals in the years ending in "2" and "7", the latest one



covering 1977.  This group includes the Census of Manufactures



(initiated in the year 1810), Mineral Industries (1840), Retail and



Wholesale Trade and Construction Industries (1929), Selected



Service industries(1933), Public Warehouses(1935), Transportation



(1963), and beginning in 1977 the remaining Service Industries



(Medical, Educational and Non-Profit Areas).



     In order to minimize the cost of the censuses and relieve the



business community of reporting burden, the Census Bureau makes



extensive use, under strict confidentiality restrictions, of



selected information derived from tax records.  These records form



an integral part of the preparatory and collection phases of the



economic censuses.  The universe of business firms is based on



selected information extracted from tax records for a tax year



period encompassing the census year.  This information. received on



computer tape includes (1) firm name and address; (2)



identification number, (3) legal form of organization. (4) business



activity code; (5) number of employees; and (6) payroll by quarter.



     For the 1977 economic censuses, the above basic information



was integrated with the Standard Statistical Establishment List



(see Chapter V) and other sources.  This process provided an almost



complete list of approximately 12,000,000 business firms engaged in



economic activity in the United States (including social and



professional services) classified by kind of business and



approximate size with employers and nonemployers separately



identified.  For this universe. the following subgroups were



identified:



 



     1.   Those 5,200,000 businesses that could be excused from



          filing any questionnaire because their kind of business



          as determined from tax records was not in scope of the



          economic censuses;



     2.   Those 3,800,000 in-scope small businesses that could be



          excused from filing any questionnaire since limited data



          (receipts, payroll) extracted from tax records could be



          used to develop equivalent census-type data;



     3.   Those 3,000,000 larger businesses that were engaged in



          activities in-scope of the Censuses.  Direct reporting



          was required for these firms in order to obtain all the



          information needed for the census results.



 



Therefore data for approximately 56% of the total business



establishments covered in the economic censuses are extracted from



administrative records.  Data for companies that were not canvassed



are obtained from the following additional items of information



extracted from tax records:



 



     1.   Employment



     2.   Payroll



     3.   Sales or receipts



     4.   Physical location (not available if left blank on tax



          forms)



     5.   Business status at end-of-year



     6.   Number of months in business



 



The cost of obtaining these extracts of tax records was less than



$2 million out of the total economic census budget.  The equivalent



cost to the Government of obtaining census reports from the excused



group of about 8.500,000 businesses would have been at least 10



times



 



                                32



 



 



 



 



 



that amount given the availability of a complete mailing list of



the excused businesses.



     The quality of statistics produced by this meshing of tax



records with reports to the Census Bureau would likely result in



more complete coverage than that obtained by full field enumeration



or combinations of field and mail enumeration techniques.  For



example, the field-enumerated 1948 Census of Business undercounted



the number of standard retail establishments by at least 150,000. 



The undercount of nonstore business (e.g., mail order. house-to-



house, vending machine, and service businesses) was also



substantial but could not be determined using standard post



enumeration surveys.  In fact, the latter group in many cases can



only be identified from tax records.  In addition to identifying



the universe, data from IRS tax records are also used for companies



which fail to report and for editing the reported data provided by



the respondent. (See Chapter VII for a discussion of quality



problems with administrative-based statistics.)



 



2.   Census of Agriculture



 



     The Census of Agriculture, started in 1840 and taken at



5-year intervals beginning in the 1920's, is the only source of



statistics on agriculture that are comparable, county by county, on



a nation-wide basis for farms classified by size, tenure, type of



organization, market value of farm Products sold, and type of farm



enterprise.  The census data are widely used by Federal, State and



local governments in a variety of ways in the administration of



various farm programs, as benchmarks for the current crop NW



livestock estimates issued by the Department of Agriculture, and in



the preparation of overall measures of the economy such as the



input-output ut tables for the national economic accounts.



Prior to the 1969 census, data collection was by personal



interview.  Information copies were distributed by mail to all



households on rural routes and to post office boxes in rural



communities in the effort to locate all farm operators and have



them complete the report prior to its pickup by the enumerator. 



Correlated with the burgeoning increase in the size of farms, there



has been continuing rise in the number of farmers who do not live



on the farm they operate--that is, a growing number of operators



for whom door-to-door enumeration is not a practical possibility. 



Furthermore, the availability of capable people willing to accept



short-term employment as census enumerators has steadily declined,



making it more and more difficult to recruit an acceptable field



staff in all areas.  Fortunately, the availability of farm-related



mailing lists from administrative records had increased corres-



pondingly and this factor was instrumental in redesign of the dam



collection procedures.



     In planning for the 1969 Census of Agriculture, it became



evident that the method of data collection should be changed from



personal interview to a mail enumeration procedure based on



administrative records.  The size measure contained in the



administrative tax records was the controlling factor that enabled



the Bureau to send abbreviated report forms to small farmers and



thereby reduce the reporting burden for nearly one-half of the



nation's farm operators.  This resulted in an obvious reduction in



costs for collecting and processing the census data.  Subsequent



censuses, including the 1978 Census of Agriculture, which is



underway, have benefitted from the experiences and results obtained



from the 1969 undertaking where under-enumeration of small farms



was a severe problem.



 



3.   Survey of Minority-Owned Businesses (SMOBE)



 



     In 1969, SMOBE was conducted as a special project



and funded by various government agencies to determine the extent



of business ownership by minorities.  Beginning in 1972, SMOBE



became a part of the economic censuses that are required by law



every five years.  SMOBE is issued in a four part series covering



businesses owned by Blacks, persons of Spanish Origin, Asian



Americans, American Indians and Other Minorities.



Data published cover number of firms, gross receipts, and number of



paid employees.  Tax records are used extensively in developing the



statistics.  For example, minority ownership is measured for the



segments of the business population using HRS corporation,



partnership and sole proprietorship tax forms and Social Security



Administration race codes to identify businesses for "Whites",



"Negroes" and "Other Minorities." A mail survey is required to



determine businesses owned by persons of Spanish Origin and the



specific minority groups included in the "Other" minority category. 



However, the mail survey is minimal compared to the effort and



costs that would be involved if tax records were not available.



(See Chapter VII for a further note on limitations of SSA race



codes.)



 



4.   Current Economic Indicators



 



     In addition to the quinquennial economic censuses and



the 5-year census of agriculture, the Census Bureau conducts a



broad series of weekly, monthly, quarterly, and annual sample



surveys in the industrial, distributive trades and service areas. 



Some of these surveys have been in existence for several decades



and have been converted from a design based primarily on use of



area samples.i.e., an enumerator canvass of businesses located in a



sample of land area segments--to a mail canvass of sample of



businesses selected from the comprehensive tax file of firms



classified by size and industry.



     The samples used to collect information concerning the



distributive and service mules are primarily drawn from a



 



                                33



 



 



 



 



 



list of employer firms obtained from administrative tax records and



updated through reconciliation to the economic census results.  The



volatility of changes in the business universe, however, requires



that the sampling be updated often, if possible every quarter, to



include new business establishments and to delete those no longer



in operation.  This updating process is based on information



received from IRS on additions to and deletions from its list of



active businesses.  The total list of businesses obtained from IRS



source&serves; as a control to assure that the data compiled in fact



fully cover the sectors surveyed.



     In the current industrial statistics program, similar updating



procedures from administrative records we followed but on a less



frequent basis. This includes the annual survey of manufactures,



the monthly survey of manufacturers shipments, inventories, and



orders and the more than 100 other current industrial reports



relate to specific commodity areas such as fats and oils, paper and



paperboard, and steel. The availability of updated complete tax



files has made it possible for the Bureau to undertake on very



short notice special surveys designed to meet policy-makers' needs.



Recently, for example, the Bureau undertook, at the request of the



Federal Reserve, a survey of industrial capacity to improve the



statistics relating to current business conditions.  Surveys



involving energy-related industries have also recently been



instituted.  In general, the availability of lists of businesses



classified by industrial category provides the Bureau with great



flexibility in meeting new or changed objectives.



 



5.   The Standard Statistical Establishment List Program



 



     The SSEL program is discussed in detail in Chapter V; but it



should be noted here that the SSEL provides an important mechanism



for coordinating most of the economic censuses and surveys



discussed above.  In addition, County Business Pattern publications



of employment and payroll data for State and local areas are now



based directly on the SSEL.



 



 



                 F. Small Business Administration



 



     Federal economic and business statistics have generally not



been well designed for the analysis of small business.  Many



agencies do not prepare tabulations by size of business and them



have been no standard guidelines for preparing size class data so



that data available by size frequently cannot be readily compared



or integrated across agency sources.  Size class data, moreover,



are often not available for comparable reporting units or on the



basis of comparable size indicators.  IRS corporate tax return



data, for example, are available for tax paying units which differ



from the establishment concept used in the preparation of most



Census Bureau business data.  Moreover, Census size class



statistics usually do not distinguish between establishments that



are separate business entities and establishments that are a part



of larger multi-unit companies, and most Census size class data use



employment as the indicator of establishment size, whereas IRS



business income tax returns collect no employment data and are



traditionally tabulated by size using such alternative indicators



as level of assets or business reports



     To address the problem of inadequate data relating to small



business, an interagency committee has recently been formed with a



mandate from the President to establish a small business data base. 



SBA has been charged with the principal responsibility for



assembling the data base.  And because of the high paperwork costs



to small businesses of detailed Federal business reporting



requirements, emphasis in developing the new data base will be



placed on utilizing existing primary data sources and particularly



on more efficient statistical use of administrative records.  The



initial focus of the interagency committee has been placed on



developing proposed standards for tabulation of data by business



size and on developing approaches to resolving such problems as the



difficulty of obtaining size data based on comparable reporting



units and comparable indicators of business size.



     Some promising approaches to improving small business data are



being tried.  IRS, for example, is currently linking payroll tax



reports to corporate income tax returns in order to add employment



and payroll measures to its corporate tax data base.  And plans are



underway to use various tax records to develop a longitudinal data



base for a sample of business units.  Nevertheless, the problems



associated with improving the utilization of existing record



collection mechanisms are formidable.  One critical problem is the



lack of adequate access to a systematic business list, such as the



SSEL, which can be used to identify the various kinds of business



reporting units and link together business reports in ways that



desired variables can be tabulated on the basis of common size



classifications and reporting unit concepts.  Indeed, the SSEL



would appear to be a central factor in efforts to solve a variety



of data problems extending well beyond the need for small business



data per se, and even involving a variety of problems relating to



developing data files pertaining to individual workers.  Because of



its wide-ranging importance, the SSEL program is described in some



detail in the next chapter.  Issues of access to the SSEL are



covered in Chapter VIII.



 



                                34



 



 



 



 



 



              G. Appendix IV.1. Data from IRS and SSA



 



     This appendix contains descriptions of (1) IRS administrative



record data files; (2) special data files produced for the Bureau



of the Census from IRS administrative files; (3) IRS sample data



files developed from administrative records for statistical use;



and (4) IRS Statistics of Income publications.  In addition the



appendix contains a list of data tables available in the Annual



Statistical Supplement to the Social Security Bulletin.



 



1.   Data from IRS



 



Administrative Record Data Files



     Business Master File (BMF)--Contains selected data from the



return of partnerships, corporations, fiduciaries, charitable



trusts, and business related data of exempt organizations.  In



addition, it includes data from a=, gift, and various excise tax



returns, and employment tax return data is on this file for all



entities.



     Individual Master File (IMF)--Contains selected data from the



tax return records of all individual income tax return filers



including sole proprietorship data reported on Form 1040 Schedules



C and F.



     Exempt Organization Master File (EOMF)--Contains selected data



from the return of exemptions which have been granted tax



exemptions as organizations organized and operated exclusively for



religious, charitable, educational, governmental, or similar



purposes.  This file is an information file whose primary function



is to provide data to monitor the numerous types of exempt



organizations.  The organization is established on the EOMF when it



applies for and is granted a tax exemption.



     Employee Plans Master File (EPMF) - is maintained for use by



the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, and Pension



Benefit Guaranty Corporation.  The file contains selected data on



plan characteristics obtained from applications for plan approval



or determination letters and data from the annual return records. 



Unlike the ODMF which only established an entity on the file when



an exemption is granted, an entity is established on the EPMF upon



receipt of an application for approval or determination letter, or



when an annual return is filed.



     Individual Retirement Arrangement File (IRAF)--Contains



selected data on individual retirement arrangements.  Special Data



Files Produced for the Bureau of the Census from Master Files.



     The Business Master File Entity Change File--this file changes



and supplements the annual BMF.  Changes are to entity name and



address and filing requirements.  New entities are added and



indicators are set to mark inactive records.



 



Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return File--this file contains



quarterly payroll, taxable tips and FICA wages paid for all



companies with a 941 (domestic payroll), 941 PR (Puerto Rico



payroll) and 941 SS (Virgin Islands, Guam, etc.) filing



requirement.



 



     Corporation and Partnership Return File--file contains large



corporation (1120) and small corporation (1120S), and partnership



(form 1065) annual receipts data.



 



     Sole Proprietor Name and Address File - file contains names



and addresses for sole proprietors who report profit or loss from



business or profession (schedule C) and/or report farm income and



expenses (schedule F).



 



     1040 Schedule C and 1040 Schedule F Data File - this file



contains receipts data and physical address for sole proprietor



businesses.



 



     Exempt Organization Business Income Information Return Files



(990C, 990T, 990PF)--file contains business receipts for selected



organizations exempt from filing an income tax return.



 



     Employer's Annual Tax Return for Agricultural Employees File--



file contains annual FICA payroll for all employers with a 943.



 



     Alphabetic BMF Microfilm File (Name Directory)--this file is



the Business Master File, in alphabetic sequence, on microfilm.



 



Sample Data Files for Statistical Use



 



     Corporation Source Book--is based on a sample of corporation



returns.  It provides corporate income and balance sheet tables, by



asset size for approximately 175 industry groups.  These are



available to the public for a charge on hard copy, on microfilm,



and magnetic tape.  These tables form the basis for the annually



published reports, Statistics of Income, Corporation Income Tax



Returns.



 



     Statistics of Income Tape--derived from samples of United



States individual, corporation, fiduciary, estate, partnership,



exempt organization and pension plan returns are retained on



magnetic tape.  On a cost reimbursable basis, bona fide researchers



may obtain copies of these tapes devoid of identifying and



geographic information.



 



     Individual, Proprietorship, Partnership, and Corporation Tax



Model File--files which are based on the Statistics of Income



samples, and are available annually, contain, in general, the data



present in our annual individual Corporation and Business Income



Tax Returns reports.  On a reimbursable basis, the Service will



general statistical tabulations or simulate the administrative and



revenue impact of law changes.  The identity of taxpayers is kept



confidential in these files.  For individuals, proprietorships, and



partnerships, the most de-



 



                                35



 



 



 



 



 



Annual                      Statistics



Periodic                     of Income



and Supplemental           Publications



Reports



 



 



Department of the Treasury



Internal Revenue Service



Publication 711 (Rev. 7-80)



 



Publications are for sale by the Superintendent of Documents,



U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402



 



 



Other Reports Periodic and as Supplements



 



Estate Tax Returns, 1976



Publication 764



 



Gross estate by type of property



Lifetime transfers by asset type



Funeral and administrative expenses



Other deductions



Taxable estate; Estate tax, Tax credits



Data classified by- Taxable and nontaxable status; Size of gross



                    estate; Estate valuation method; Size of net



                    worth; Age, sex and marital status of decedent;



                    Tax rates; States



 



Personal Wealth Estimated from Estate Tax Returns, 1972



Publication 482



 



Provide estimates of the asset holdings if the living population



with gross wealth of more than $80,000:



     Composition of assets



     Distribution of assets by age, sex, and marital status.



     Number of millionaires by three measures of wealth



     Distributions by value of corporate stock, and by value of



     real estate.



     Historical statistics, selected years.



 



 



Fiduciary Income Tax Returns, 1974



Publication 808



 



Sources of Income, Taxable income



Exemption and Deductions



Income tax and tax credits



Additional tax for tax preferences; Allocation of accumulation



distributions



Data classified by-



     Trusts and Estates; Tax rates and type of tax; Size of total



     Income



Historical statistics, selected years



 



 



Sales of Capital Assets Reported on Individual Income Tax Returns,



1973



Publication 458 (scheduled September 1980)



 



Number of transactions



Gross Sales price



Cost or other basis plus expense of sale



Gross gain or loss



Details on sales of residences



Details on sales of business and farm property



Data classified by- Type of asset; Short-term vs. long-term; Length



                    of period held; Taxpayers age 65 and over;



                    States; Size of adjusted gross income; Size of



                    net capital gain or loss.



 



 



Individual Retirement Arrangements, 1976



Publication 1107 (scheduled August 1980)



 



Number of arrangements



Contributions



Compensation



Distributions



Penalty taxes



Data Classified by- Type of arrangement; Source of Compensation;



                    Size of adjusted gross income.



 



 



Private Foundations Exempt From Income Tax, 1974



Publication 1073 (scheduled September 1980)



 



Receipts, Including contributions, gifts, and grants



Deductions



Net Income



Net Investment Income and Tax



Assets and Liabilities]



Minimum Investment return



Distribution amount



Qualifying distributions]



Undistributed Income



Excise taxes paid by foundations



Unrelated business Income and tax



Data classified by- Exempt activity; Accounting period, State



     Size of-  Total receipts, Net income; Total assets



 



 



Small Area Data From Individual Income Tax Returns, 1974



Publication 1008



 



Number of returns and exemptions



Adjusted gross income



Salaries and wages



Dividends in adjusted gross income



Interest received



Total tax



Data classified by- Metropolitan areas; Counties; States; Size of



                    adjusted gross income



(Report for 1978 scheduled December 1981)



 



 



International Income and Taxes, Domestic International Sales



Corporation Returns, 1972-1974



Publication 1071



 



Receipts, including qualified export receipts



Deductions, including export promotion expenses



Net income



Amounts deemed or actually distributed



Assets and liabilities-  Trade receivables; Producer loans; Capital



                         accounts by type



Gross receipts of the DISC



Current and prior year gross receipts of the DISC and related U.S.



persons



Data classified by- Country of destination; Product; Industry;



                    Accounting period



Size of-  Total gross receipts; Total assets of both DISC and



          corporate parent



(Report for 1975 scheduled December 1980)



 



 



International Income and Taxes, Foreign Tax Credit Claimed in



Corporation Income Tax Returns, 1968-1972



Publication 479



 



Foreign tax credit-



     Foreign income and taxes



     U.S. net income and tax



     Data classified by-



          1968 and 1972; Foreign country; U.S. industry



     Credit limitation method



     Size of-



          Total assets; Foreign tax credit; U.S. net income



     1969 and 1970; Total assets; U.S. Industry



Western Hemisphere Trade Corporations, 1968 and 1972



(Report for 1974 scheduled September 1980)



 



Data similar to those for 1968 and 1972 for corporations with



assets of $250 million or more



 



 



International Income and Taxes, U.S. Corporations and their



Controlled Foreign Corporations, 1968 and 1972



Publication 1026



 



Net income and tax of U.S. parent corporations



Earnings, tax and transactions by type of foreign corporation with



U.S. parent corporation and other related persons



Data classified by- Foreign country, Year of incorporation, Size of



                    total assets, industry, and accounting period



                    of both U.S. parent and foreign corporation



 



(Report for 1974 scheduled February 1981)



 



Data similar to those for 1968 and 1972 for corporations with total



assets of $250 million or more



 



 



International Income and Taxes, Foreign Income and Taxes Reported



on Individual Income Tax Returns, 1975



Publication 1100



(scheduled October 1980)



 



Exemption if income earned abroad-



     Income earned abroad for personal services



     Tax-exempt amount



     U.S. taxable income and tax



     Data classified by- Foreign Country; Type of residence status



                         abroad; Size of adjusted gross income



Foreign tax credit-



     Foreign income and taxes



     U.S. taxable income and tax



     Data classified by Foreign Country-



     Credit ??? method; Size of adjusted gross income



 



                                36



 



 



 



 



 



Annual Statistics of Income Complete Reports



Individual Income Tax Returns Publication 79



 



Presents Information



annually or periodically on-



 



Sources of Income, including-



     Salaries and wages



     Dividends; Interest



     Rents and royalties



     Business or profession



     Farm



     Capital gains; Ordinary gains



     Pensions and annuities



Adjusted gross Income



Adjustments to Income



Exemptions



Computation of Itemized deductions, including-



     Contributions; Medical



     State and local taxes paid



     Home mortgage and total Interest paid



Zero bracket amount (standard deduction)



Taxable income



Income tax



Maximum tax



 



Tax credits, Including-



     Child care credit



     Earned Income credit



     Foreign tax credit



     Investment credit



     Jobs credit



     Residential energy and business energy Investment credits



     Retirement Income credit



Minimum tax and tax preference items



 



Tax withhold or due at filing time



Payments of estimated tax



Tax overpayment credits and refunds



High Income returns



Data classified by-



     Size of adjusted gross income



     States



     Tax rates and type of tax computation



     Taxpayer marital status



     Taxable and nontaxable status



     Tax payers age 65 or over



 



(Report for 1978 scheduled November 1980)



 



 



Corporation Income Tax Returns     Publication 16



 



Presents Information annually or periodically on-



 



Receipts, including-



     Business receipts; Capital gains



     Rents and royalties



     Domestic and foreign dividends



     Taxable and nontaxable Interest



Deductions, including-



     Cost of sales and operations



     Advertising; Rents; Repairs



     Interest and taxes



     Employee benefit plans



     Depreciation, depletion, and amortization



Depreciation under ADR procedures



Net Income and taxable Income



Statutory special deductions



Income tax



Foreign tax credit



Investment credit



Work Incentive credit



U.S. possessions tax credit



 



Minimum tax and tax preference items



Tax payments and overpayments



Distributions to stockholders



Book vs. tax net income



Consolidated returns



Small Business Corporations



Domestic International Sales



     Corporation returns



Members of controlled corporate groups



Foreign corporations with U.S. business operations



Foreign owned U.S. corporations



Number of pension plans



Assets and liabilities-



     Notes and accounts receivable



     Investments in Government obligations



     Depreciable and depletable assets



     Accounts payable



     Mortgages, notes, bonds payable



     Net worth



 



Data classified by-



     Industry; Accounting period



     Returns with net Income



     Size of-  Total assets; Income taxed at normal and surtax



               rates; Business receipts; Income tax



 



(Report for 1978 scheduled February 1981)



 



 



Business Income Tax Returns   Publication 438



 



Sole Proprietorships and Partnerships



 



Presents Information annually or periodically on-



 



Number of-



     Sole proprietorships



     Partnerships; Partners



 



Receipts, Including-



     Business receipts



     Partnerships-



          Dividends; Interest



          Rents, Royalties



Deductions Including-



     Cost of sales and operations



     Interest and taxes



     Rents; Repairs



     Depreciation, depletion, and amortization



Net Income



Profitable businesses



Inventories



Payroll



Partnership payments to partners



Partnership payments to retirement plans



Depreciation under ADR procedures



Cost of depreciable property



Partnership capital gains



Sale proprietors' adjusted gross Income and source of nonbusiness



Income



Partnership assets and Liabilities



Limited Partnerships



 



Jobs credit computation



Investment credit computation



Business energy investment



     credit computation



Partnership tax preference Items



Date classified by-



     Industry; State



     Number of partners



     Number of retirement plans



     Partnership year of organization



     Partnership accounting period



     Sex of sole proprietor



     Size of-  Receipts; Partnership assets; Sole proprietorship



               net income; Sole proprietors adjusted gross income



 



(Report for 1977 scheduled November 1980)



 



 



Preliminary Reports Precede complete report - contain several basic



tables



 



 



Individual Income Tax Returns, 1979



Publication 198 (scheduled February 1981)



 



Corporation Income Tax Returns, 1977



Publication 159 (scheduled November 1980)



 



Business Income Tax Return, 1979



Publication 453 (scheduled November 1980)



 



Reports currently available         Use order form provided on back



 



                                37



 



 



 



 



 



tailed data we could produce would be by Internal Revenue Service



District.  In most cases, districts are geographically coterminous



with States; however, there are four districts in New York State,



and two each in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Illinois, Texas, and



California.  We do not publish geographic data for corporations



since the place where the return was filed may be different from



the location of the principal business activity.



 



Statistics of Income Publications



 



     Statistics of Income publications include annual reports based



on individual corporate, and business returns; occasional reports



based on other tax returns and schedules; and Supplemental reports



classifying information from individual returns by geographic areas



(SMSA and county) prepared biennially.  Among the occasional



reports are:



     Fiduciary Income Tar Returns--this report presents estimates



of total income and its composition, deductions, taxable estate,



and tax for personal trusts with income $600 or more for which a



fiduciary flied an income tax return, Form 104 1. Important classi-



fications include type of trust, size of total income, and tax



rate.



     Estate Tar Returns--this report presents estimates of gross



estate by type of property, deductions, taxable estate, and tax for



decedents with gross estate in excess of $60,000 for whom an



executor filed an estate tax return, Form 706.  Important



classifications include size of estate, tax rate, and State.



     Personal Wealth Estimated from Estate Tax Returns--this report



presents estimates of the number and wealth of that portion of the



population with assets of more that $60,000 based on the



application of mortality weighting factors to estate tax return



data.  Important classifications include age, sex.marital status,



as well as various measures of gross and net wealth.



     Sales of Capital Assets reported on Individual Income Tax



Returns--this report presents estimates of the transactions by type



of property, gross sales price. basis of property and expense of



sale, and net gain or loss reported on individual income tax re-



turns with sales of capital assets.  Important classifications



include size of income including and excluding capital gain or



loss. and size of net gain or loss.



     Returns of Private Foundations Exempt from Income Tax--this



report presents estimates of the receipts, expenditures, net



income, assets and liabilities of organizations classified as



private foundations (and exempt from income tax) which file Forms



990-PF.  Additional data are provided on excise taxes relating to



excess investment income, investments jeopardizing exempt purpose,



and prohibited expenditures.



     Farmers' Cooperative Income Tax Returns--this report presents



estimates of the receipts, deductions, net income, tax, assets, and



liabilities for both exempt and nonexempt farmers' marketing and



purchasing cooperatives filing on Form 990-C and 1120,



respectively.  Important classifications include type of service,



type of commodity marketed, and State.



     Returns of Employees' Pension Plans and Pension Trusts--this



report presents estimates of the receipts, disbursements, assets



and liabilities of individuals or organizations who maintain



employees' pension plans or pension trusts and who file an annual



statement on Form 4848, 4849, and 990-P.  Additional data include



type of entity, type of plan, method of funding, and number of



employees covered and not covered.



     Returns of Organizations Exempt from Income Tax--this report



presents-estimates of the receipts, expenditures, assets and



liabilities of organizations (other than private foundations)



exempt from income tax under Section 501 (c) of the Internal



Revenue Code and which file Form 990.  Important classifications



include the subsection of the Code under which exempt and the



principal business activity.



 



     The description of available Statistics of Income reports on



pages 36 and 37 is copied from recent SSI publications.



 



2.. Data From SSA



 



     The following pages list data tables published by SSA in its



Annual Statistical Supplement to the Social Security Bulletin. The



list is copied from the Supplement which presents data for 1976. 



SSA's sample data files maintained in connection with the



Continuous Work History Sample program are described in Appendix



III.2.



 



                                38



 



 



 



 



 



                          List of Tables'



 



Table                                                          Page



No.                                                             No.



                              General



 



Social Security and the economy



 



1.   Gross national product and social welfare expenditures under



     public programs, fiscal years 1928-29 to 1974-76            44



2.   Social welfare expenditures from public funds in relation to



     total government expenditures and Federal grants to State and



     local governments, fiscal years 1928-29 to 1974-76



3.   Public programs: Social welfare expenditures, fiscal years



     1928-29 to 1974-76                                          45



4.   Aggregate and per capita national health expenditures, by



     source of foods and percent of gross national product, fiscal



     years 1929-76                                               46



5.   Amount and percentage distribution of personal health care



     expenditures for the aged, by type of expenditure and source



     of foods, fiscal year 1976                                  46



6.   Personal income and social security payments, 1929-76       47



7.   Labor force and estimated workers covered under social



     insurance programs, 1939-76                                 48



8.   Total earnings, wages and salaries and earnings in employment



     covered by selected social insurance programs, 1946-76      49



 



 



Poverty data



 



9.   Weighted average poverty thresholds for non-farm families, by



     size, 1959-77                                               50



10.  Trends in poverty: Number and percent of persons poor, by age,



     1969-76                                                     51



11.  Trends in poverty among families: Families in poverty, by sex,



     age, and work experience of head, 1959-76                   52



12.  Poverty status and current living arrangements of persons aged



     65 and over                                                 52



13.  Poverty status and work experience of family heads and



     unrelated individuals, by age and sex                       53



14.  Poverty states of aged households receiving social security



     benefits                                                    54



15.  History of Federal minimum wage rates under the Fair Labor



     Standards Act, 1938-79                                      55



 



 



Interprogram social security data



 



16.  Social insurance and veterans' programs: Cash benefits and



     beneficiaries, by risk and program, 1940-76                 56



17.  Veterans' programs: Veterans receiving compensation or



     pension, by type of payment, and age, 1940-76               58



18.  Selected social insurance and veterans' programs: Benefits, by



     State                                                       59



19.  OASDHI and selected public assistance programs: Average



     monthly payments in current and 1975 prices, 1950-76        60



20.  Rejected social insurance programs: Source of funds from



     contributions and government transfers, 1965-76             61



21.  Selected social insurance trust funds: Financial operations,



     1937-76                                                     62



22.  Unemployment trust food: Status, 1940-76                    63



23.  OASDHI and SSI: Population aged 65 and over receiving OASDHI



     cash benefits, SSI payments, or both, 1940-76, and took by



     State,1976                                                  64



24.  Federal grants: Total to State said local governments, by



     purpose, fiscal yews 1929-30 to 1974-76                     65



25.  Federal grants: Total to State and local governments, amount



     and percent, by purpose and by State (ranked), fiscal year



     1976                                                        67



26.  Unemployment insurance: Summary data on State programs,1940-



     76, and by State, 1976                                      68



27.  Temporary disability insurance: Selected data on State and



     railroad programs                                           69



28.  Workmen's compensation: Coverage,benefits, and costs,



     1940-76                                                     70



 



 



Food stamp program



 



29.  Number of persons participating, value of bonus coupons,and



     average bonus per person, 1962-76                           71



 



       Old-Age, Survivors, Disability, and Health Insurance



 



Trust funds



 



30.  Old-age and survivors insurance trust fund: Status,



     1937-76                                                     72



31.  Disability insurance trust fund: Status,1957-76             73



32.  Combined OASI and DI trust funds: Status, 1957-76           74



33.  Hospital insurance trust fund: Status, 1966-76              75



34.  Supplementary medical insurance trust funds: Status,



     1966-76                                                     75



 



Workers



 



35.  Workers,earnings, social security numbers issued, and



     employers reporting taxable wages under OASDHI, 1937-76     76



36.  Workers and earnings of wage and sooty and self-employed



     workers, 1951-76                                            77



37,  Farm workers under OASDHI, 1951-75                          78



38.  With taxable earnings, by type of worker and sex, 1937-76   79



39.  With taxable earnings (all and 4-quarter): Percent with



     annual earnings below taxable limit, by sex, 1937-76        80



40.  With taxable earnings: Number, by age and sex, 1937-76      81



41.  With taxable earnings: Median earnings, by age and sex,



     1937-76                                                     82



42.  With taxable wages (all and 4-quarter): Number, by wage



     interval, 1937-76                                           83



43.  With taxable wages (male, all and 4-quarter): Number,



     by wage interval, 1937-76                                   84



44.  With taxable wages (female,all and 4-quarter): Number,



     by wage interval, 1937-76                                   85



45.  With taxable earnings (self-employed): Number,



     by age and sex, 1951-76                                     86



46.  With earnings credits (self-employed): Number,



     by earnings-credits interval and sex, 1951-76               87



47.  With taxable earnings: Number,earnings,and contributions,



     by type of employment and State                             89



48.  Insured: By insured status, 1940-77                         90



49.  Insured: By insured status, sex,and age, 1972-77            91



50.  Insured (aged 65 and over): Number eligible for and



     percent receiving benefits, by sex and age, 1941-77         92



51.  Insured (aged 62 and ever): Number eligible for and percent



     receiving benefits, by sex and broad age group, 1956-77     93



 



 



Summary benefit date



 



52.  Total benefits paid, by type of program,1937-76             94



53.  Number and average,monthly benefits in current



     payment status, by selected family groups,1940-76           95



54.  Benefits in current-payment status, number and amount,



     by type of beneficiary, 1940-76                             96



 



 



Benefits awarded



 



55. Individuals: By type of beneficiary, 1940-76                 97



 



 Social Security Bulletin, Annual Statistical Supplement, 1976  1



 



                                39



 



 



 



 



 



Table                                                          Page



No.                                                             No.



 



56.  Conversions: Number and average monthly amount, by reason



     for conversion,type of benefit awarded, and previous



     type of benefit                                             98



57.  Retired workers: By states of award and sex, 1950-76        99



58.  Retired workers with and without reduction for early



     retirement: Number ant! average amount, by status of



     award and sex, 1956-76                                      99



59.  Retired workers with and without reduction for early



     retirement:  Number and percent, by monthly amount and sex 101



60.  Retired workers with and without reduction for early



     retirement:  Number and percent, by primary insurance



     amount and sex                                             102



61.  Retired workers,disabled workers,and widows: Average



     amount and, for retired workers, primary insurance amount,



     1940-76                                                    103



62.  Disabled workers: By monthly amount and sex                104



63.  Wives and husbands: By type of beneficiary, 1950-76        105



64.  Children: By type of child beneficiary, 1940-76            106



65.  Mothers: By type of mother beneficiary, 1950-76            107



66.  Widows and widowers: By type of entitlement, 1950-76       107



67.  Lump sum and survivor,  Workers represented and average



     payment, by type of award, 1940-76                         108



 



 



Benefits awarded and/or In current-payment status



 



68.  Individuals: By type of beneficiary, race, age, and sex    109



69.  Individuals: Number and average amount, by type of



     beneficiary, alt, sex, and race                            120



70.  Women beneficiaries: Number and average amount, by type of



     beneficiary and race                                       122



71.  Individuals with reduction for early retirement: Number and



     average amount, by type of beneficiary,



     race, age, and sex                                         123



72.  Wives with reduction for early retirement: Number



     and percent, by type, 1956-76                              126



 



 



Benefits In current-payment states



 



73.  Individuals: Number and average age,



     by type of beneficiary                                     127



74.  Individuals: Number and average amount,



     by type of beneficiary and race                            127



75.  Aged beneficiaries,  By age, sex and race                  127



76.  Aged beneficiaries: By type of beneficiary,



     age, and sex                                               128



77.  Retired workers with delayed retirement, credit: Number,



     average amount, and average primary insurance amount,



     by age and sex                                             128



78.  Retired workers without reduction for early retirement and



     without delayed retirement credit: Number and



     average monthly amount, by sex and age                     129



79.  Retired workers: Number and percent, by year of



     entitlement and sex, 1940-76                               130



80.  Disabled workers: Number and percent, by year of



     entitlement and sex, 1960-76                               131



81.  Widows: Number and percent by year of entitlement,



     1940-76                                                    131



82.  Retired workers and dependents: Average amount,



     by type of beneficiary and sex, 1940-76                    132



83.  Retired workers: Number, average age, and percent,



     by sex and age, 1940-76                                    132



84.  Retired workers and dependents: Number and percent,



     by type of beneficiary and primary insurance amount        134



85.  Retired workers with and without reduction for early



     retirement:  Number and percent, by monthly amount and sex 134



86.  Retired workers with and without reduction for early



     retirement:  Number and percent, by primary insurance



     amount and sex                                             135



87.  Retired workers with benefits in nonpayment status;



     Number and percent, by monthly amount and sex              136



88.  Dual entitlement: Persons with retired-worker and secondary



     benefit, with and without reduction for early retirement,



     by primary insurance amount and sex                        137



89.  Dual entitlement: Persons with retired-worker and secondary



     benefit, by type of secondary benefit and sex, 1952-76     137



90.  Retired workers with and without reduction for early



     retirement:  Number and average amount, by sex, 1956-76    138



91.  Retired workers: Percent, by monthly amount, age, and sex  139



92.  Disabled workers and dependents; Number and percent,



     by type of beneficiary and primary insurance amount        140



93.  Disabled workers: Number and percent, by monthly amount



     and sex                                                    141



94.  Disabled workers and dependents: Average benefit,



     by type of beneficiary, 1937-76                            142



95.  Disabled workers: Number and monthly amount, by sex,



     1957-76                                                    142



96.  Disabled workers: Number, average age, and percent,



     by age and sex, 1957-76                                    143



97.  Wives and husbands: Number and monthly amount,



     by type of beneficiary, 1950-76                            144



98.  Children: Number and monthly amount, by type of child



     beneficiary, 1940-76                                       145



99.  Children: Number, by type of child beneficiary and sex of



     worker, 1950-76                                            146



100. Survivors of deceased workers: Average amount,



     by type of beneficiary, 1940-76                            147



101. Survivors of deceased workers: Number and percent,



     by type of beneficiary and primary insurance amount        147



102. Mothers: Number and monthly amount, by type of mother



     beneficiary, 1950-76                                       148



103. Widows and widowers: Number and monthly amount,



     by basis of entitlement, 1950-76                           149



104. Retired-worker, survivor, and disabled-worker families:     



     Number, average primary insurance amount, and average



     benefit, by family group                                   149



105. Retired-worker, survivor and disabled-worker, families:



     Number, average primary insurance amount, and average amount



     payable, by family group with special minimum benefit      151



106. Disabled-child families: Number, average primary insurance



     amount, and average amount payable, by family group        151



107. Student-child families: Number, average primary insurance



     amount, and average amount payable, by family group        152



108. Retired-worker and disabled-worker families: Percent, by



     monthly amount                                             153



109. Survivor families: Percent, by monthly amount              154



 



 



Benefits withheld and terminated



 



110. Withheld from individuals: Number, by reason and by type and



     age of beneficiary                                         155



111. Withheld from wives and husbands and from children: Number, by



     reason and type of beneficiary                             155



112. Workers' compensation offset for disabled worker families:  



     Number and average amount before and after onset,



     by type of family                                          156



113. Terminated for individuals: Number, by type of



     beneficiary, 1940-76                                       156



114. Terminated for individuals: Number, by reason and



     type of beneficiary                                        157



115. Terminated for wives and husbands and for children:



     Number, by reason and type of beneficiary                  157



 



2  Social Security Bulletin Annual Statistical Supplement, 1976



 



                                40



 



 



 



 



 



Table                                                          Page



No.                                                             No.



 



Benefits paid



 



116. Total paid from OASI trust fund: Amount and percent,



     by type of beneficiary, 1940-76                            158



117. Total paid from DI trust fund: Amount and percent,



     by type of beneficiary, 1957-76                            159



 



 



State monthly benefit date



 



118. Cash benefits paid: Total, by program                      160



119. Benefits in current-payment status: Number,



     by type of beneficiary                                     161



120. Benefits in current-payment status: Amount,



     by type of beneficiary                                     162



121. Benefits in current-payment status: Number,



     by age, race, and sex                                      163



122. Retired-worker benefits in current-payment status:



     Number and percent receiving, by monthly amount,



     ranked by State average                                    164



123. Disabled-worker benefits in current-payment status:



     Number and percent receiving, by monthly amount,



     ranked by State average                                    165



124. Child benefits in current-payment status:



     Number, by type of child beneficiary and basis of



      entitlement                                               166



125. Retired-worker benefits in current-payment status:



     Number and average amount, 1940-76                         167



126. Widow and widower benefits in current-payment status:



     Number and percent receiving, by monthly amount, ranked by



     State average                                              168



 



Beneficiaries residing abroad



 



127. Benefits in current-payment status: Number and total



     monthly amount, by country and type of beneficiary         169



 



 



Worker disability awards



 



128. Number and Percent, by selected causes of disability,



     1957-74, and by sex, 1974                                  171



129. Diagnostic group: Number and percent, by age and



     race, 1974                                                 172



130. Occupational division: Number and percent, by sex and



     race, 1974                                                 173



131. Age on birthday in year of onset of disability:



     Number and percent, by sex, 1974                           174



 



 



MEDICARE benefits



 



 



132. Hospital and supplementary medical insurance: Number of



     enrollees aged 65 and over, by age, sex, race, and census



     region, 1966-76                                            175



133. Hospital and supplementary medical insurance: Number of



     disabled enrollees under age 65, by age, sex, race, and census



     region, 1973-76                                            176



134. Hospital insurance: Number of enrollees,



     by State, 1966-76                                          177



135. Hospital insurance: Number of bills approved for Payment and



     amount reimbursed, by type of benefit and type



     of beneficiary, 1966-76                                    178



136. Hospital insurance: Number of inpatient short-stay hospital



     care bills, covered days of care, and charges, by type of



     beneficiary, 1966-76                                       178



137. Hospital insurance: Average covered charge per covered day of



     care in short-stay hospitals and skilled-nursing facilities,



     by State, 1971-76                                          179



138. Supplementary medical insurance: Number of reimbursed bills,



     charges and amount reimbursed,



     by type of service, 1966-76                                180



139. Supplementary medical insurance: Number of bills received by



     carriers and assignment rates, 1969-76                     181



140. Supplementary medical insurance: Reasonable charge



     determination for claims assigned and unassigned, 1971-76  181



141. Hospital and supplementary medical insurance:



     Benefit payment amounts, by State, 1972-76                 182



142. Hospital insurance: Number of inpatient hospital and



     skilled-nursing facility admissions and rates per 1.000



     enrollees, by type of beneficiary, 1966-76                 183



143. Hospital insurance: Number of inpatient hospital and



     skilled-nursing facility admissions and rates per 1,000



     enrollees, by State and type of beneficiary                184



144. Hospital and supplementary medical insurance: Number of



     facilities and beds for participating hospitals, skilled-



     nursing facilities, home health agencies, and independent



     laboratories, 1967-76                                      184



145. Hospital insurance: Number of participating hospitals



     and beds per 1.000 enrollees, by State                     185



146. Hospital and supplementary medical insurance: Number of



     participating skilled-nursing facilities, home health



     agencies, independent laboratories, and end-stage renal



     disease facilities, by State                               186



 



                   Supplemental Security Income



 



 



147. Number receiving federally administered payments,



     and total amount, by reason for eligibility and State      187



148. Number receiving State-administered supplementation



     and total amount, by reason for eligibility and State      188



149. Number receiving federally administered payments and



     average amount, by reason for eligibility and type of



     payment,  December 1976                                    188



150. Number of all persons receiving federally administered



     payments and average amount, by State,  December 1976      189



151. Number of aged receiving federally administered payments



     and average amount, by State, December 1976                190



152. Number of blind receiving federally administered payments



     and average amount, by State,  December 1976               191



153. Number of disabled receiving federally administered payments



     and average amount, by State,  December 1976               192



154. Number and percent receiving federally administered



     payments, by reason for eligibility and living



     arrangements,  December 1976                               193



155. Number of adult units and children receiving federally



     administered payments and average amount, by type of



     payment and reason for eligibility,  December 1976         193



156. Total payments,  Federal SSI payments, and State



     supplementation, by State                                  194



157. Number of blind and disabled children receiving federally



     administered payments, by State                            194



158. Persons receiving federally administered payments and



     number and percent in concurrent receipt of income,



     by reason for eligibility, source of income, and



     average amount, December 1976                              195



159. Percent of persons in concurrent receipt of federally



     administered SSI payments and social security benefits in



     December 1976 and average amount of social security



     benefits, by reason for eligibility and State              196



160. Number and percent of all, persons receiving federally



     administered payments, by reason for eligibility, sex,



     and race,  December 1976                                   197



161. Number and percent of all adults receiving federally



     administered payments, by reason for eligibility and age, 



     December 1976                                              197



162. Number and percent of blind and disabled children receiving



     federally administered payments, by age, December 1976     197



 



 



3  Social Security Bulletin, Annual Statistical Supplement, 1976



 



                                41



 



 



 



 



 



Table                                                          Page



No.                                                             No.



 



163. Number and percent of persons receiving federally administered



     payments with representative payees, by team for eligibility, 



     December 1976                                              197



164. Number and persons of individuals receiving Federal SSI



     payments, by reason for eligibility and monthly amounts



     December 1976                                              197



165. Number and percent of couples receiving Federal SSI



     payments, by reason for eligibility and monthly amount,



     December 1976                                              197



 



                        Black Lung Benefits



 



166. Currently payable to miners, widows, NW dependents:



     Number and amount, 1970-76                                 198



167. Currently payable to miners, widows, and dependents:



     Number and monthly amount, by State                        199



 



                         Public Assistance



 



168. AFDC and emergency assistance: Average monthly number of



     recipients, total amount of cash payments, and average



     monthly payment, 1936-76                                   200



169. OAA, AS, and APT,  Average monthly number of recipients, total



     amount of cash payments, and average monthly payment,



     1936-76                                                    201



170. General assistance: Average monthly number of recipients, low



     amount of cash payments, and overall monthly payment,



     1936-76                                                    202



171. Public assistance: Vendor payments for medical care, by



     program, 1951-76                                           203



172. AFDC and emergency assistance: Average monthly number of



     families and recipients of cash payments and total



     amount of payments, by State                               204



 



4  Social Security Bulletin, Annual Statistical Supplement, 1976



 



                                42



 



 



 



 



 



                                                          CHAPTER V



 



                Developments in Data from Business



                      Establishment Reporting



 



     Non-standardized concepts, definitions, and procedures used in



developing administrative record sets create serious difficulties



for statistical uses.  The potential for major new uses of



administrative records may in fact be quite limited because of



these problems and other Problems such as incomplete establishment



reporting, poor timing, and confidentiality restrictions.  there



are, however, some new developments which present opportunities for



improving the coordination and statistical use of key



administrative record sets.



     This chapter examines three evolving programs which illustrate



the potential and problems associated with efforts to improve the



statistical utilization of business reports obtained in connection



with tax-related administrative data collection.  The programs are



the Census Bureau's development of the Standard Statistical Estab-



lishment List, the Social Security Administration's effort to



adjust its data programs to new administrative procedures calling



for annual (forms W-2 and W-3) rather than quarterly (form 941)



employer reports of individual worker wages, and the Bureau of



Labor Statistics' cooperative program with State Employment



Security Agencies to make statistical use of records collected in



connection with Unemployment Insurance payroll taxes.



     The SSEL program represents an explicit attempt to identify



the most useful definition of business establishment units for



statistical analysis purposes, and to build "bridges," when



necessary, between these statistical units and legal entities for



which tax and other administrative reports are available.  The SSEL



not only is intended to facilitate more efficient direct use of



administrative records for statistical purposes, but it also has



been planned as a vehicle for coordinating statistical data



collection efforts so that data collected from business in



different programs can more easily be compared and integrated.  In



this connection the SSA and UI payroll tax programs represent



particularly important administrative data collection programs,



because both payroll tax programs have statistical components which



involve requests for multiestablishment businesses to provide



supplemental "establishment" information with their tax reports in



order to permit tabulation of employment and payroll data by



industry and geographic areas.  A number of important advantages



could be derived from better coordination of the SSA and UI



establishment reporting plans with each other and the SSEL; but



there are also a number of legal, institutional, and technical



obstacles to improved coordination.  The discussion in this chapter



and much of the remainder of the report (especially chapters VII



and VIII) illustrates these potential advantages and the barriers



to improvement in addition to describing applications of the data



collected through current business establishment reporting



procedures.



     While the emphasis in this chapter is on information collected



from businesses, both the SSA and UI payroll tax programs involve



the collection of data (from businesses) pertaining to individual



workers.  In fact, the focus of SSA statistical use of payroll tax



data has been the Continuous Work History Sample program which is



organized explicitly around individual worker records.  The UI



program has been directed primarily toward utilizing aggregate



establishment reports of employment and payroll, but a program to



develop a Continuous Wage Benefit History sample is underway using



individual worker records collected in connection with the UI prog-



ram.  Just as a general coordination of the SSA and UI



establishment reporting plans with the SSEL program would provide



important statistical advantages. so would coordination and linkage



of the CWHS and CWBH individual record systems.  This chapter does



not deal with such individual record linkage efforts, but Chapter



VI provides several case studies illustrating the advantages and



problems associated with efforts to link data from various



individual record systems.



 



 



            A. Standard Statistical Establishment List



 



     There has been a long history of endorsement of the general



principle that a centrally compiled list of firms and their



establishments should be available for multiagency use in the



conduct of statistical samples.  Presently, each government



statistical agency is responsible for compiling and maintaining the



business register needed



 



                                43



 



 



 



 



 



for their particular statistical applications.  The use of



independently developed lists. with attendant differences in



definition and coverage. seriously affects the comparability of the



economic data provided by the various agencies. and also results in



considerable duplication of effort and costs and increases in



respondent reporting burden.  Concerns such a-, these constitute a



substantial part of the criticism of government statistical



programs.



     The Office of Federal Statistical Policy and Standards of the



Department of Commerce (formerly Division of Statistical Policy of



the Office of Management and Budget) has been a consistent advocate



of a central list concept.  Towards this end. in 1968. the Bureau



of the Census was designated by OMB as the focal agency for the



development. establishment and operation of such a directory (known



as the Standard Statistical Establishment List--SSEL) on behalf of



Federal statistical agencies.  Funding for the project started in



fiscal year 1972 with an operational Directory available covering



data year 1974.



     Construction of the SSEL was known to be technically feasible



since the methodology had been followed previously in assembling



the economic censuses mailing list and in utilizing administrative



data.  Since the linkage among the principal source agencies. i.e..



Census, IRS., and SSA is the common usage of the Employer



Identification Number by all three agencies. and using the estab-



lishment as the basic "building block" of the SSEL, it is possible



to link together and identify the affiliation of parent companies.



subsidiary firms, and their establishments throughout all phases of



economic activity.



 



1. File Construction



 



     The SSEL now consists of a central multi-purpose computerized



name and address file of all known multiestablishment and single



establishment employer firms in the United States.  The systems



design for computer processing is predicated on variable word-



length record which permits additional information to be added as



desired.



 



2.   Multiestablishment Firms



 



     Information for multiestablishment firms was initially derived



from Census Bureau records.  From the 1972 Economic Censuses, the



necessary basic information had been assembled for the



organizational units of all firms included in the economic



censuses.  All establishments of these firms were linked to the



enterprise level and were identified by their individual SIC codes,



physical locations. employment size codes, etc.; and all known



domestic establishments of these multiunit firms were identified



regardless of activity.  This practice represented a departure from



that of previous censuses where records were maintained only for



establishments engaged in activities defined as within the scope of



the economic censuses.  Multiestablishment companies not covered by



the economic censuses were identified in a two-stage survey.  In



November 1972, as part of the Economic Census processing. all legal



entities with 50 or more employees were canvassed to determine



their enterprise structure.  Each legal entity was requested to



list all companies it owned or controlled and the name and EI



number of its controlling company, if any.  Information was also



requested on employment, kind of industrial activity, and number of



business locations operated under that EI number.  Detailed



listings of establishments were not requested in this survey since



the major emphasis was to consolidate those legal entities into



their correct enterprise structure.  This operation was coordinated



with the regular Economic Census processing to produce an



integrated file.  A similar survey was conducted in January 1974



covering calendar year 1973 to canvass smaller entities with 20-49



employees.  In addition, 175,000 small out-of-scope companies (less



than 20 employees) were canvassed in 1974 if classified in an



activity changed by the 1972 SIC revision.



 



3.   Single Establishment Firms



 



     Approximately 80% of the universe of business establishments



with one or more employees are single establishment firms



represented by one EI number.  For these establishments. the



enterprise, legal entity and establishment are identical.  For this



reason, information for single establishment firms was derived from



the administrative records of other government agencies since it



would be difficult to justify the government and respondent cost



involved in duplicating this information by direct survey contact.



     The Business Master File of IRS served as the basic universe



file from which the single unit company listing was derived.  This



source provided company name. address, EI number and legal form of



organization for all firms with one or more paid employees.



     March 12 employment and the Standard Industrial Classification



Code were obtained from the records of the Social Security



Administration.  The four quarters of payroll were obtained from



IRS records.



     In constructing the multiestablishment company file. the



Census Bureau recorded the EI number of the entity owning the



establishment in conjunction with the SSEL File Number.  Matching



these EI numbers of multiunit firms against the Business Master



File (El file) and unduplicating, the residual list resulted in the



establishment of the single unit file.  Using these inputs, the



SSEL became operational covering data year 1974 and is now used as



 



                                44



 



 



 



 



 



the mailing list source and sampling frame for all Census Bureau



economic programs.



 



4.   File Maintenance



 



     The use of administrative records has played an integral part



in creating, maintaining, and updating the SSEL file.  During



noncensus years, the single establishment file (approximately 4



million records) is updated solely from administrative records. 



New births are received monthly from, IRS and SSA with information



on name and address, EI number, SIC code and legal form of



organization code.  Employment and payroll data are received



quarterly.  Geographic codes are assigned by Census from the



address information received from IRS and SSA.



     For multiestablishment firms, a company organization survey



was undertaken to insure that the organizational structure of each



company is updated at least once each year.  This survey includes



companies in scope of the Economic Censuses as well as out-of-scope



companies covered in a special survey.  Preprinted forms are sent



to each company. listing all establishments known to be operated by



it including name and physical location of each establishment.  The



company is requested to update these listings and report March 12



employment, first quarter payroll and annual payroll by



establishment location.  The reported payroll is then compared to



the IRS administrative payroll at the EI and company level, and



discrepancies resolved.  In addition, administrative record



employment and payroll is used to impute nonmail or delinquent



companies.  Several working papers describing the SSEL system have



been written (U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1979).  Copies can be



obtained from the Census Bureau.  Because of the cost of annual



maintenance, a complete file of zero employee cases is available



only from each quinquennial Economic Census.



 



5.   Confidentiality



 



     Current legislative restrictions, including title 13 of the



Census Act, do not permit the release of the SSEL to other agencies



for statistical use.  Legislation has been proposed, however, which



would permit the release of this file to certain other Federal



agencies (see Chapter VIII).



 



 



                      B. W-2 and W-3 Records



 



     Starting in 1979 with data for tax year 1978, a significant



change took place in the method of reporting to the Social Security



Administration the wages paid to employees by their employers.  A



single annual wage reporting system began under which forms W-2 are



used as the report of individual employee wages for both social



security and income tax purposes.  This eliminates the quarterly



reporting of a detailed listing of wages paid to each employee



covered under social security.  Employers still have to file



quarterly reports containing wage and tax liability information



with the Internal Revenue Service.  State and local government



employment is excluded from the annual reporting system.



      Under the annual reporting system, forms W-2 along with



transmittal forms W-3 (see Figure V.1) are received at one of four



SSA Data Operations Centers where the material is examined for



completeness and correspondence initiated with employers having



incomplete shipments.  After microfilming, the documents are



prepared for optical scanning or key-to-tape operations.  The data



on the output tapes are then transmitted to SSA's Central Office



via telecommunications equipment.  Here the data are merged with



data from employers who submit their reports directly on magnetic



tape and all the data are subjected to a series of computer



balancing and validation operations.  All validated earnings items,



those taxable under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act as well



as other earnings, are forwarded to IRS for processing for income



tax purposes.  Copies of the validated FICA items are retained by



SSA to update the Summary Earnings Record for individual employees.



     The new W-2, W-3. reporting system has a number of positive



and negative implications for SSA's Continuous Work History Sample



statistical programs. (See Chapter III for a description of the



current CWHS system.) The most important positive features of the



new annual reporting system are that for the first time SSA will



have information on total wages paid to an individual, thus



eliminating the need to estimate wages above the maximum that is



taxable for social security purposes; and that initially the system



will include information on employees not covered by social



security as well as covered employees.  Privacy and Tax Reform Act



questions, however, remain to. be resolved relating to the extent



to which data for uncovered employees can be used for statistical



purposes in the CWHS program.



     On the negative side, there will no longer be data on



individual earnings amounts by quarter.  Also, there are



preliminary indications that the items for statistical processing



will not be available until sometime later than under the quarterly



reporting system.  There are also indications that the SSA's



Establishment Reporting Plan could be adversely affected because of



the nature of the reporting requirements for forms W-2 and W-3.



     Another aspect of the new annual reporting system that has



great statistical potential is the employee's address on the form



W-2.  These addresses could be coded to obtain residence geographic



information.  Unfortunately, present procedure does not call for



SSA to capture this information 



 



                                45



 





in any machine readable form.  However, the possibility of



retaining this information in the future is presently being



pursued.



     The units which employers use for establishing summary (W-3)



reports presently differ widely among employers under SSA's



voluntary establishment reporting plan (see chapter VII).  If



employers were to use the establishment definitions and codes



developed by the Census Bureau for its Standard Statistical



Establishment List, the resulting file of W-3 forms would be



immensely more useful for statistical purposes that is if the W-3



forms were collected with Census Bureau establishment codes and



confidentiality problems restricting SSA-Census interchange of



records were resolved, the SSEL could be used to code



establishments by industry and geographic location (State, county,



and possibly subcounty units), The resultant file could be used to



provide tabulations of annual wage and salary income and employment



by industry for detailed geographic units.  Such tabulations could



be used to improve a number of statistical programs, including



BEA's State and local area personal income accounts and the Census



Bureau's County Business Patterns program.  In addition, the



improved geographic coding for the individual records (W-2's)



associated with the W-3's would improve the CWHS program and if



used in conjunction with W-2 (or other;



 



                                46



 



 



 



 



 



residence information, would permit the development of valuable



intercensal commuting estimates for local areas.  Currently,



however, not only is vital SSA access to the SSEL limited by



legislation, but there would appear to be substantial employer



resistance to proposals that they report to SSA on the basis of



SSEL establishment concepts (which frequently involve more detailed



establishment reports than called for in SSA's voluntary establish-



ment reporting plan).



 



                 C. Unemployment Insurance System



 



     A case study of the statistical usefulness of administrative



records for establishments can be gleaned from the unemployment



insurance system.  This system was established as part of the



Social Security Act of 1935 to serve as a countercyclical income



maintenance program for offsetting losses in wage and salary income



of the experienced work force.  Initially, UI covered only



employers in the private nonfarm economy with eight or more



employees.  Over the years, the system has been continuously ex-



panded.  In March 1978, over 90 percent of employed workers were



covered by the State and Federal UI system.



     In the UI system, a variety of administrative data is



maintained.  Three important data sets which serve as the primary



source of statistical uses are discussed in this Chapter (see



Figure V.2).



     First of all, there is a master list of more than 4 million



subject employers which contains the names and addresses of covered



firms and both actuarial and statistical information.  Secondly,



information from the quarterly tax reports filed by employers is



maintained.  Finally, in all but 12 States, firms report the total



wages paid to each employee during the quarter to determine an



individual's eligibility and benefit amount when filing a UI claim.



 



1. Master List of Employers



 



     State agencies collect and process certain statistical



information to help provide standardization for reports and



tabulations.  Employers are assigned county and industry codes. 



Industrial activity is reviewed on a three-year cycle, and attempts



are made at identifying multiestablishment employers and setting in



place a mechanism for Supplemental reports of employment and wages



by county and industry.  The UI list is used by State agencies to



draw samples in the Federal-State programs sponsored by BLS and



operated by the States.  A number of States also use the list to



publish industrial directories.  The lists are provided to the



Bureau of Labor Statistics to use for sampling purposes under a



pledge of confidentiality.  BLS uses the lists to develop its UI



Name and Address File which serves as a sampling frame for its



directly collected surveys.



     The UI Name and Address File has a number of drawbacks.  Since



it is derived from an administrative source, many of the



refinements needed for sampling purposes are not present.  For



example, the major identifying field in the file is a UI account



number which is assigned independently by the various States. 



There is no unique way to identify firms or companies within a



corporate structure across States.  Also, identification of



multiestablishment employers varies from State to State.



 



2.   Employers' Quarterly Tax Report



 



     Taxes are collected quarterly from subject employers by



mailing each employer a tax form on which he reports the total



wages paid to employees during the quarter, the amount of these



wages that is subject to taxes, the taxes due, and the number of



employees on the payrolls for the period that includes the twelfth



of each month.  The tax forms are due at the State agency 30 days



after the end of the reference quarter.  Multiestablishment



employers are also mailed a statistical supplement with their tax



report requesting a breakdown of the monthly employment and wage



figures by reporting unit.  Five months after the end of the



quarter, State summaries in machine readable form are sent to BLS,



Washington.  Two summaries are required of each State: (1)



Statewide by four-digit industry, and (2) counties by two-digit



industry.  States that can provide four-digit industry by county,



need only send one summary.  These summaries are called ES-202



reports.



     Many programs of the BLS and BEA rely on the ES-202 report's



employment and wage data.  Within BLS, the Current Employment



Statistics, Labor Turnover Statistics, the Occupational Employment



Statistics.  Industry Projections, and Occupation Safety and Health



Statistics programs are benchmarked to industrial employment data



emanating from the ES-202 report.  The BEA national income and



personal income estimates rely heavily on the UI administrative



data.  In addition, personal income is used in formulas to allocate



billions in Federal funds to State and local governments.  At the



local level the average wages of workers covered by UI are used to



adjust the average annual wage payments allowed Comprehensive



Employment and Training Act Public Service Employees.  The State



agencies also make substantial use of employment and wage data to



assess the economic vitality of local labor markets in their labor



market information programs.  Practically every employment related



statistic that is generated in the BLS-BEA-State employment agency



enclave has the UI administrative as its base.  The ES-202 report



has its limitations and problems. There is no set mechanism of



quality control to assure that



 



                                47



 



all subject employers are reporting.  There is no program of



quality assurance for ascertaining the accuracy of data reported by



employers on their tax reports.  Statistical reports which are a



by-product of an administrative program often receive a low



priority.  The statistical functions in producing the ES-202 report



compete for basic UI program resources with tax collections.



benefit payment. and research activities.  Hence, many States



cannot fully implement industry coding and multiestablishment



"breakout" activities.



 



3. Individual Wage Records



 



     In most States, the collection of the quarterly tax reports



also involves an itemization of individual workers' wage payments



identified by social security number.  This data base provides a



rich source of information on an individual's earnings history. 



The Current Wage and Benefit History program of the U.S. Department



of Labor is attempting to tap this data base to link earnings



experience with workers' eligibility and receipt of UI benefits. 



Since each individual's earnings are linked to the employer,



studies on wage dispersions by industry and county (on a place of



work basis) are feasible.  These files are also being used to map



mobility patterns and labor turnover actions as part of Labor's



Employment Service Potential program.



 



4.   Improving Data Quality



 



     The UI administrative data have room for improvement because



of the large and cumbersome task of identifying multiestablishment



employers.  Their major strength is the quarterly collection and



timeliness versus other sources of establishment records-namely,



the Census Bureau's County Business Patterns program.  Census does



considerable work annually in identifying and maintaining



multiestablishment breakdowns of firms in its Company Organization



Survey.  Access to these data could help identify and refine



multiestablishment reporting problems in the UI record system.



     At the same time, one of the weaknesses of the Census'



establishment records is the industry codes of single-establishment



firms.  Those single unit firms not covered in the 1972 or 1977



Economic Censuses retain industry codes assigned from information



submitted when the application for an EI number was made.  A



matching of industry codes in the two data system could improve the



coding of single establishment firms on the Standard Statistical



Establishment List and help identify potential problem areas



between the two systems; i.e., such a match could determine how



much of the difference between BLS and Census series is due to



coding, how much is due to reporting differences, and how much is



the result of differences in treatment of central administrative



Offices.



 



                                49



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



                                                         CHAPTER VI



 



             Potential Uses of Administrative Records



             for Data Linkages: Selected Case Studies



 



                          A. Introduction



 



     In this chapter case studies of ongoing or completed research



using administrative records for data linkage studies are compiled. 



These studies are in various stages of development; some have been



completed, others are in the planning stages, and still others have



been partially implemented.  Nevertheless, each included study



serves to illustrate important aspects of the research potential



and problems associated with uses of administrative records.



     The individual case studies exemplify the potential uses of



administrative records for linkages, illustrating some of the



benefits derived and the difficulties involved.  The wide range of



general issues addressed include confidentiality concerns,



operational feasibility, and data quality.  The specific topics



discussed are the data sources and identifiers used for matching,



the criteria used to determine acceptable matches, and methods used



to improve the quality of identifiers.  Project goals, and the



general methodologies used to carry out the match will also be



discussed for these selected cases.



     Administrative records have been used in the past in a number



of interagency data linkages for statistical purposes.  For



example, matching studies involving record checks have been



conducted to evaluate the last three decennial censuses.  Although



the case studies presented in this chapter differ in scope, methods



and objectives, they serve to illustrate some of the ways



administrative records can be used for statistical purposes:



     1.   The Linked Administrative Statistical Sample (LASS)



          project is an effort to produce an improved data base for



          mortality research by integrating samples from the record



          systems of three agencies:    IRS, NCHS, and SSA.



     2.   The Use of Administrative Records in the Survey of Income



          and Program Participation (SIPP) illustrates the use of



          administrative records in multiple frame Surveys, where



          issues of sampling efficiency are central, and in



          response error studies where the validity of survey re-



          ported data are compared to program data.  Future use of



          administrative records in the SIPP will emphasize data



          base enhancement through the integration of difficult to



          collect data obtained from administrative records with



          survey collected data.



     3.   Use of IRS/SSA/HCFA Administrative Files for 1980 Census



          Coverage Evaluation describes a multiple systems



          estimation procedure which will be used to obtain



          estimates of Census coverage for States and selected



          subgroups of the population.



     4.   Record Linkage in the Nonhousehold Sources Program is a



          study to improve the coverage of the 1980 Census in which



          administrative data sets (drivers license records and



          Immigration and Naturalization legal alien records) are



          used to augment the information in another data set (1980



          Census enumeration records).



     References to published and unpublished material related to



the study are included at the end of each case study.  The



supplementary information may provide interested readers with more



detail on the studies themselves and on the difficulties in



successfully implementing the linking of data files.



     In all administrative matching studies, conceptual differences



and operational difficulties, including access to administrative



records, may impede or even invalidate the attempt.  However, the



analytic potential of obtaining an expanded, more detailed data



base through successful matching is so great that complicated and



careful procedures are often worth the effort.  The increasing



numbers of attempts to improve statistics through matching testi-



fies to this conclusion.



 



 



              B.  Case Study 1: Linked Administrative



                 Statistical Sample (LASS) Project



 



     The Linked Administrative Statistical Sample or LASS project



is an, effort to upgrade the Social Security Administration's



Continuous Work History Sample.  The primary focus of the study is



to examine the issues surrounding the development of integrated



samples from the record



 



                                51



 



 



 



 



 



system of three agencies: the Internal Revenue Service, the



National Center for Health Statistics, and the Social Security



Administration.  The principle objective of the project is to



create an improved data base for mortality research.



     The material presented here discusses a few of the major



concerns which are being addressed in order to determine the



feasibility of producing such a sample.  Organizationally this case



study is divided into two main parts.  The first of these sets the



background of the study, its research objectives and the specific



data sources to be included.  The second describes the initial



planning activities being engaged in and some of the progress which



has been made thus far in each area.  There are also some



concluding comments on the issues to be faced if the project is to



enter an operational phase.



 



1.   Background and Initial Project Goals



 



     For over 40 years [1] both government and nongovernment



researchers have made extensive use of statistical information



about American workers derived from the Continuous Work History



Sample (CWHS).  The primary Social Security use made of the CWHS



has been in tabulating the characteristics of covered workers to



keep track of how this group has changed over time with changes in



the Social Security Act and in the demographic mix of the



population [e.g., 2].  The Bureau of Economic Analysis has made



considerable use of the CWHS as a source of regional workforce



characteristics and especially changes in the workforce, both



geographical and industrial [3].  Uses by nongovernment researchers



have also been extensive, covering the gamut from labor market



supply questions to the measurement of lifecycle earnings [e.g., 4-



5].  Recently in a pioneering effort by Goldsmith and Hirschberg



[6] attention has been focused on the CWHS' potential to address



industrial and environmental health issues.



     While the usefulness of the CWHS data has been demonstrated



repeatedly, it is limited in scope, content, and quality by program



requirements.  These weaknesses would, of course, have to be



corrected in order for the files to reach their full potential as a



general purpose data base for statistical research.  The support of



present and potential users who recognize the importance of these



data will be necessary to bring about the changes which will



improve its usefulness [7].



     Professionals concerned with epidemiological problems,



occupational safety, and general environmental issues are among



those interested in an improved, augmented CWHS.  In fact, the real



start of the Linked Administrative Statistical Sample project was a



meeting at the National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) in



October of 1978 involving representatives of several agencies.



including Social Security, to explore areas of mutual concern that



relate to epidemiology studies.



     When the U.S. Congress [8] amended the Public Health Service



Act (Public Law 95-623), NCHS's mission for conducting and



coordinating research activities aimed at improving all aspects of



health services in the United States was greatly broadened.  Part



of this legislation calls for the development of a plan by the



National Center for Health Statistics for the collection and coor-



dination of statistical and epidemiological data on the effects of



the environment on health.  Therefore, NCHS desired to work with



other agencies to find feasible, cost-effective approaches to



developing an implementation plan for carrying out its new mandate.



     One effective and relatively inexpensive way to achieve this



goal is to integrate data already collected by Federal agencies in



pursuit of their individual missions.  Social Security and the



Internal Revenue Service (IRS) are two of the major agencies which



have current data that are not generally available for



epidemiological studies.  The proposed LASS project is an attempt



to exploit these data systems for studying the occupational and



industrial etiology of disease.



 



a.   LASS data elements



 



     The Linked Administrative Statistical Sample is to retain the



same simplicity of design as the CWHS, and takes that sample as its



starting point.  In particular, it is planned that ultimately a



common statistical sample will be created which is based on the



ending digits of the social security numbers used to select the one



percent Continuous Work History Sample.  The following data



elements are proposed for inclusion in the final linked sample:



     1.   Mortality information from the National Center for Health



          Statistics' processing of death certificates. (At a



          minimum, on a prospective basis the fact of death would



          be confirmed by matching the National Death Index to the



          CWHS.  Also, the basic demographic items from NCHS's sta-



          tistical record including cause of death would be added. 



          Retrospectively, similar information might be obtained as



          far back as the late 1960's for every identified CWHS



          decedent.  Finally, for both the retrospective and



          prospective efforts, the decedent's usual occupation and



          industry during his or her lifetime, items not now coded



          by NCHS, would be obtained from the certificates



          themselves.)



     2.   Individual income tax items obtained initially from the



          Statistics of Income (SOI) program.  Eventually, the



          information will be derived directly as a by-product of



          IRS Master File



 



                                52



 



 



 



 



 



          processing. (Detailed income, deduction and tax data



          could be obtained from the Transaction Files now used to



          update the Master File.  Also available from that source



          would be any neeD residence information.  Last, but not



          least, the occupation entry on the return would have to



          be transcribed to the statistical records.)



     3.   Longitudinal earnings and benefit histories developed at



          Social Security as part of the Continuous Work History



          Sample. (The CWHS, as it now exists, can provide basic



          demographic information for the sampled individuals,



          details on every covered job by industry and place of



          work since 1956; total covered earnings since 1936 (by



          year since 1950); and, for beneficiaries, the nature of



          their claims and the amounts they and their dependents



          receive in benefits.)



 



b.   LASS research goals



 



     There are a number of general Ion run goals of the LASS



effort.  Three major ones are listed below:



     1.   To develop a basic source of socioeconomic and job-



          related mortality and morbidity data.  The resulting



          statistical sample proposed hem could be used to



          construct mortality rates by age. race, sex, industry,



          occupation, and place of work or residence.  This could



          lead eventually to a much greater understanding of the



          etiological factors associated with cancer and other



          causes of death.  By following individuals over time by



          occupation, industry and residence, for example, it may



          be possible to separate out the effects of these factors



          on health from the effect of health on these factors.



     2.   To construct longitudinal personal and administrative



          unit income profiles of the population at the National,



          State, and Substate regional levels.  These income



          distributions could be studied both before and after the



          imposition of Federal income and payroll taxes.



     3.   To study regional labor market conditions using the data



          on industry, occupation, wages, and self-employment



          earnings along with basic demographic characteristics



          such as age, race, and sex.  Mobility studies and other



          such work now done with the CWHS [3] would be greatly



          enhanced by the augmented dataset available under this



          proposal.  Particularly important in this regard is the



          occupation and residence data that might be obtained from



          tax returns. (For workers who don't file tax returns,



          residence information will be available from the new



          annual wage reporting system based on the W-2.)



     The short-run goals of the project are centered around



feasibility questions such as assessing data quality and estimating



operating costs.  An examination of a few of these goals is



provided in the next section along with a summary of the work done



so far to achieve them.



 



2.   Pilot Activities and Feasibility issues



 



     In planning for the operational phase of the LASS



project a number of activities have been undertaken.  Included



among these are-



     1.   attempting to resolve the confidentiality concerns of the



          participating agencies,



     2.   examining coverage and content differences between SSA



          and NCHS death information,



     3.   determining the problems which arise when adding cause of



          death and other data from death certificates to the CWHS,



     4.   assessing the codability and validity of the occupation



          entry on the individual income tax return,



     5.   developing procedures for upgrading the CWHS data on



          industry and place of work, and



     6.   studying the completeness of the W-2 residence



          information.



 



     Full details on the progress to date may be found in the LASS



Working Notes Series [9] or in the publication Statistical Uses of



Administrative Records with Emphasis on Mortality and Disability



Research [10].  In what follows, only a brief overview has been



given.



 



a.   Resolving privacy concerns



 



     Many privacy concerns must be addressed before the LASS



project becomes operational. in addition to disclosure laws with



government-wide application such as the Privacy and Freedom of



Information Acts, each of the participating agencies has legal



constraints--statutes and regulations-which control access to its



microdata.  At minimum, these need to be coordinated in terms of



some unifying principles of interagency data sharing.  In addition,



some of there may need to be amended.  For example. the Tax Reform



Act of 1976 has changed the character of information from earnings



reports for persons who are in covered employment under the Social



Security Act by defining this as tax return information subject to



confidentiality restrictions in the Internal Revenue Code [11]. 



The Act allows IRS to disclose identifiable tax return data to SSA



only if those data are required for the operation of SSA programs



or for IRS tax enforcement purposes.  These conditions will almost



certainly be too restrictive for some of the activities planned for



the CWHS. if the interpretation IRS has given the Tax Reform Act



prevails



 



                                53



 



 



 



 



 



[12], corrective legislation may be needed to overcome these



problems.



     Privacy requirements also raise policy issues.  Should



projects involving the linkage of records from various agencies be



undertaken at all if there is any identifiable  future possibility



that the resulting data will be used in form for administrative or



enforcement Purposes?



     SSA protects linked statistical files from non-statistical use



by regulation, but this may not have the force and permanence



afforded by the "shield" laws protecting Census Bureau and NCHS



data. and possibly also IRS data.  On the other hand, these



statutory confidentiality shields also circumscribe the development



and use of linked data in identifiable form outside each respective



agency, even for statistical purposes.  In the short-term pilot



phases of this work, the confidential data contributed by NCHS



could be protected by making SSA staff "Special agents" or



temporary employees of NCHS.



     Such a procedure has worked well in past linkage studies



(e.g., the 1973 CPS-IRS-SSA Exact Match Study [13] ); nonetheless,



a firmer basis is needed before this project reaches its



operational phase. i.e., by FY 1982 if not sooner.



     Discussions among the participating agencies to address the



many privacy issues are still at a fairly early stage.  Legislative



initiatives we proceeding, in order to protect SSA data and to



resolve problems of making tax return information available for



statistical linkage.  Various Presidential proposals aimed at



providing government-wide legislation for protection of statistical



and research data offer a major step towards resolving the access



issues raised by this project.



     Given the potential for disclosure that this rich data base



would have, the creation of public use files from an upgraded CWHS



presents difficulties which, at present seem insurmountable.  To



service potential users, we have been considering the possibility



of setting up a Research Center that would provide tabulations and



other statistical summaries.  Computerized methods such as random



rounding routines [ 14], would be built into such a center's



procedures so that the possibility of any inadvertent disclosures



could be prevented. (it is anticipated that such a center could be



largely user supported.)



 



b.   Examining SSA-NCHS death reporting differences



 



 



     There are two key questions that must be answered if the SSA



death reporting system is to be used to study industrial mortality



differentials:



     1.   How complete is the reporting of deaths to SSA?



     2.   Are there differences in the information shown on death



          certificates and SSA records?



     The reporting of deaths to Social Security is not required for



persons who are not OASDI beneficiaries; however, financial



incentives, like the lump sum death benefit. make such reports



common practice.  In order to determine the characteristics of



persons whose deaths are not "captured" by SSA, a cooperative



project--the 1975 NCI-NCHS-SSA Mortality Study--was initiated with



the National Center for Health Statistics and the National Cancer



Institute (NCI); this study took as its starting point a sample of



23,000 deaths reported to NCHS for 1975.  To date SSA has obtained



the death certificates of these decedents and has nearly finished



matching there to agency records.  A paper presenting preliminary



results were given at the August 1979 meetings of the American



Statistical Association [15].  Present plans call for the coverage



(or completeness) check to be followed by a comparison of the



agreement between conceptually identical items like age, race, sex,



and place of birth.



 



c.   Adding data from death certificates to the CWHS



 



     To add cause of death to the CWHS it is necessary to supply



each State with lists of the decedents identified using SSA



information on name, social security number, race, sex, date of



birth and date of death.  Each State vital records office will then



have to search its (microfilm) files and send copies of the death



certificates to Social Security.



     Several unanswered questions exist about this fairly simple



process.  Among these are



     1.   Will all the States be able to cooperate?



     2.   Will SSA's information be sufficient for the States to



          attempt a search?



     3.   What will be the quality of the searching?



     4.   What will be the total cost in money, time and staff?



     A pilot test is now underway which should help address these



questions.  Information on every decedent in the CWHS who was



identified as dying in 1975 has been sent to the States for death



certificate searching.  The CWHS decedents were combined, before



being sent, with a subsample of NCHS cases already returned as part



of the 1975 NCI-NCHS-SSA Mortality Study.  Merging the two sets of



decedents so they are simultaneously searched will make it possible



to measure the quality of the work done in each State. (the NCHS



cases were previously located by the States using death certificate



numbers; now they will be located using SSA identifying information



which does not include the certificate number).



 



d.   Usability of IRS occupation information



 



     For a number of years there has been a continuing (and



growing) interest among professionals concerned with



epidemiological problems, occupational safety and general



environmental issues, etc., in augmenting the



 



                                54



 



 



 



 



 



Continuous Work History Sample with an occupational variable.  One



approach for obtaining occupational data for earners in the CWHS is



to use the information from returns.  This creates difficult



individual income tax problems given the uncertainty of the



inclusion Of the OccuPation item on the tax return from Year to



Year as well as the lack of taxpayer instructions for reporting



occupation.



     One of the activities undertaken in preparation for the LASS



effort was to compile the many studies [16] which have been done of



the reporting of occupation on tax returns in order to make the



call that this very important Content item be transcribed routinely



as part of the Statistics of Income (SOI) program.  The evidence



from these studies suggests that at the major group level IRS



occupation data may be roughly comparable in quality to that in the



decennial censuses [17].



     As part of their Statistics of Income Tax Year 1979 program,



IRS has agreed to pick up occupation information.  This effort will



be supported by SSA with the ultimate objective of determining the



feasibility and cost Of coding occupations for the entire set of



tax returns in the 1 percent CWHS.



     At present a collaborative pilot study of the SOI procedures



is now underway involving a systematic sample of 6,700 returns. 



Some results from this pilot will be available in 1980.  Plans for



validating the occupation entries obtained in the Statistics of



Income program are also being developed.



 



e. Upgrading CWHS industry and Place of work data



 



     One of the most important parts of the LASS effort is to



upgrade the quality of the CWHS coding of industry and place of



work.  To this end, there must be a further strengthening of the



existing cooperative efforts between the Bureau of Economic



Analysis (BEA) and.  SSA in thoroughly examining the data quality



problems which exist in the CWHS [7].  Equally important is the



need to revitalize and expand the longstanding cooperative



arrangements between the Census Bureau and SSA.



     With respect to the BEA-SSA relationship, at present, plans



call for the development of a detailed set of procedures to



"perfect" the CWHS files for the period 1957/1977.  A comprehensive



approach to the handling of misreported (and/or missing) data is



anticipated from this joint BEA-SSA effort.  The data editing and



imputation tasks are expected to be quite formidable indeed. 



Because of their one-time nature, the use of an outside contractor



seems advisable (assuming the Tax Reform Act is changed to allow



it).  If all goes well the RFP could be written by FY 1982 with the



work potentially taking place during 1982-84.  Joint BEA-SSA plans



are also being developed to handle the new (post 1977) data quality



problems that are being encountered in the changeover to annual



wage reporting.



     It is also expected that the Census Bureau will participate in



the CWHS upgrading.  This effort, however, will have a different



focus from the plans developing with the Bureau of Economic



Analysis.  Traditionally, the Social Security Administration has



provided industry and Place of work data for new employers to the



Census Bureau in connection with the Bureau's Standard Statistical



Establishment List (SSEL) program [18].  After each Economic Census



the Bureau has returned to the Social Security Administration



updated industry data for use in the CWHS.  For single



establishment employers the incorporation of this data in the CWHS



is fairly routine.  For multi-unit employers real difficulties



arise because of differences in the identification of



establishments between Census and SSA plus, of course, failures by



SSA to obtain establishment-level information from some employers



at all.



     Two major changes in this arrangement are being proposed: (1)



that the Bureau provide to SSA from the SSEL annual updates on



place of work codes for single-unit employers (again if the



confidentiality issues can be worked out); and (2) that for multi-



unit employers an experimental study be undertaken to see if the



SSEL information on employer place of work can be combined with the



employee's residential address (from the individual income tax



return or the W-2) in order to create synthetic establishment



identification codes for CWHS cases where the voluntary SSA



establishment reporting plan is not working properly.



     The synthetic establishment assignment process, as it is



envisioned to date would use a Census Bureau address coding scheme



to determine the distance between the employee's home and all the



establishments of his employer.  The establishment closest to the



employee's residence could be chosen as the establishment that was



"most likely" to be the employee's place of work.  Complications



caused by address changes over time would have to be overcome; but



the scheme, in our opinion, offers real promise and should be



tested.  It is important to point out that discussions with the



Census Bureau on these recommendations are at a very early stage. 



Realistically the likelihood is low that much progress will be made



on this effort during 1980 or even 1981.  However, some parts of



the task can be carried out during the period, e.g., coding the



addresses of the employees.  Building the full-scale system



envisioned here would probably have to take place starting in 1982



or later.



 



f.   Evaluating W-2 residence data



 



     One of the advantages of the switch to annual reporting



is that it provides access to new information not available



 



                                55



 



 



 



 



 



in the old quarterly system.  The residence data from the Form W-2



is perhaps the most important new item, however, for cost reasons



(and because of the complications inherent in the conversion). the



W-2 residence data is not being processed for administrative



purposes.  A pilot effort is now underway, though, to determine the



usability of this data for statistical purposes.  In the pilot, an



attempt is being made to go back to microfilm copies of the



original source documents from the employers.  Microprints will be



made and then examined for legibility and completeness.  If the



address data proves adequate, the W-2 could be a valuable adjunct



to the IRS tax returns as a source of residence information for the



CWHS.  Consideration also will be given to using the W-2 addresses



in a mail survey to learn about the occupation of income tax



nonfilers.



 



3.   Operational Implementation Issues



 



     In order to mount the proposed Linked Administrative



Statistical Sample project, a high degree of cooperation is



essential both within Social Security's Office of Research and



Statistics and among the other agencies involved.  Most of the



technical problems which must be faced have already been touched on



in this note.  Perhaps the hardest problems to be faced, as in any



large endeavor, are organizational or managerial in nature. 



Although meetings with both the potential producer and user



agencies have been held frequently since October 1978, the LASS



project is still in its initial planning phase.  It will be some



time before all the options have been laid out and the costs



estimated.  Establishing priorities will be a difficult process



since each participating organization has its own missions.



research goals and administrative procedures.  There is also a



concern about the ability of each of the participating agencies to



obtain the new staff and budget that will be required.



Because of the formidable technical and resource problems that must



be overcome, it is envisioned that a 5 to 10 year developmental



period will be needed before the, Continuous Work History Sample



can be used to its fullest potential as a vehicle for monitoring



industrial and occupational health questions.  In the interim, the



intermediate products will be shared widely with interested members



of the research community.  To this end there was a special session



at the 1979 Annual Meetings of the American Statistical Association



on the LASS project [10].  Another such session is scheduled for



the 1980 meetings.



 



 



For more information on the LASS program, contact:



     Faye Aziz



     Office of Research and Statistics



     Social Security Administration



     1875 Connecticut Avenue.  N.W., Room 320H



     Washington.  D.C. 20009



 



 



     Beth A. Kilss



     Statistical Division PR:S



     Internal Revenue Service



     1201 E Street, N.W.. Room 403



     Washington, D.C. 20224



 



4. References



     [1]  Buckler, W. and Smith.  C., "The Continuous Work History



          Sample: Description and Contents," Policy Analysis with



          Social Security Research Files, U.S. Social Security



          Administration. 1978.



     [2]  U.S. Social Security Administration.  Annual Statistical



          Supplement series to the Social Security Bulletin.



     [3]  U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis.  Regional Work Force



          Characteristics and Migration Data (A Handbook on the



          Social Security Continuous Work History Sample and Its



          Application), 1976.



     [4]  Schiller, B., "Relative Earnings Mobility in the United



          States," Policy Analysis with Social Security Research



          Files, U.S. Social Security Administration, 1978.



     [5]  Jacobson, L., "Worker Displacement in the Steel



          Industry," Policy Analysis with Social Security Research



          Files, U.S. Social Security Administration. 1978.



     [6]  Goldsmith, J. and Hirschberg.  D.. "Mortality and



          Industrial Employment (1)" J. Occupational Medicine Vol.



          18. pp. 161-164, 1976. (Them were also two other papers



          by Goldsmith in this journal and an important letter



          commenting on the results by Pierre De Couffle.)



     [7]  Cartwright.  D., "Major Geographic Limitations for CWHS



          Files and Prospects for Improvement." Review of Public



          Data Use. March 1979.



     [8]  Public Law 95-623, 95th Congress. 92 STAT. pp. 3443-3458.



     [9]  U.S. Social Security Administration.  LASS Working Notes



          Series, Nos. 1-7. 1979.



     [10] U.S. Social Security Administration.  Statistical Uses of



          Administrative Records with Emphasis on Mortal and



          Disability Research (Selected papers



 



                                56



 



 



 



 



 



          given at the 1979 Annual Meeting of the American



          Statistical Association in Washington, D.C.), October



          1979.



     [11] Alexander, L. and Jabine, T., "Access to Social Security



          Microdata Files for Research and Statistical Purposes." 



          Social Security Bulletin, August 1978 .



     [12] Alexander, L., with Scheuren, F. and Yohalem, M., "The



          1976 Tax Reform Act arid the Statistical Program of the



          Office of Research and Statistics," working paper



          prepared for the Subcommittee on Oversight of the House



          Ways and Means Committee.



     [13] Kilss, B. and Scheuren, F., "The 1973 CPS-IRS-SSA Exact



          Match Study," Social Security Bulletin, October 1978.



     [14] Fellegi, I. P. and Phillips, J. L., "Statistical Con-



          fidentiality: Some Theory and Applications to Data



          Dissemination," Annals of Economic and Social



          Measurement, National Bureau of Economic Research, April



          1974.  For a more recent and complete discussion see



          Statistical Working Paper No. 2: Report on Statistical



          Disclosure and Disclosure Avoidance Techniques, Office of



          Federal Statistical Policy and Standards, 1978.



     [15] Alvey, W. and Aziz, F.. "Mortality Reporting in SSA



          Linked Data: Preliminary Results," Social Security



          Bulletin, November 1979.



     [16] U.S. Social Security Administration, LASS Working Notes



          No. 2, January 30, 1979.



     [17] Koteen, G. and Grayson, P., "Quality of Occupation



          Information on Tax Returns," 1979 American Statistical



          Association Proceedings.



     [18] U.S. Bureau of the Census, Standard Statistical



          Establishment List program, Technical paper No. 44,



          January 1979.



 



 



            C.  Case Study 2: The Use of Administrative



                  Records in the Survey of Income



                     and Program Participation



 



     The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and



Evaluation within the Department of Health and Human Services



(HHS), in cooperation with the Bureau of the Census, initiated a



joint statistical project called the Survey Of Income and Program



Participation (SIPP).  A fundamental objective of the SIPP is to



provide data to support policy analysis of a wide range of Federal



transfer and service programs.  The survey data will be used to



analyze the Impact of Federal programs, to estimate program



participation and eligibility fates, future Program costs and



coverage, and to assess the effects of alternative policy decisions



on the various programs.  Timely estimates of participation will be



provided for many existing programs, as well as estimates of the



joint receipt of benefits across several programs.  The survey will



also support separate analyses of characteristics of Persons and



families who an eligible but not participating in specific



programs.  When possible, survey data will be supplemented by



administrative record data.



     in addition to collecting program and eligibility data, the



survey is expected to produce, on a timely basis, a comprehensive



assessment of the economic circumstances of the population.  The



assessment is intended to cover objective factors (e.g. income,



wealth, employment and family status) and selected subjective



measures (e.g., attitudes and expectations about programs and per-



sonal well-being).  The assessment will provide repeated



observations on the same individual to permit the measurement and



analysis of change over time.  To supplement the analytical program



undertaken primarily by the Department of Health and Human Services



and the Bureau of the Census, a series of public use data The will



be distributed at cost to researchers outside the government. 



These tapes should provide a rich and, in many ways, unique data



base for studies of the working of government programs, the



economy, and society at large.  The field activities have been



undertaken to examine and resolve content, operational, and



technical issues prior to beginning the ongoing SIPP in 1982:



     1.   Site Research.--a small experimental study of 2,800



          households in five locations designed to provide a formal



          test of alternative survey design features, specifically



          recall period and questionnaire format.



     2.   1978 Panel.--a national survey of 2,400 households



          designed to evaluate the implementation of a number of



          field and processing activities.



     3.   1979 Panel.--a national survey of 11,000 households



          designed to study the effects of, (1) alternative



          questionnaires on income recipiency, (2) self vs. proxy



          response, and (3) length of recall on property income



          data.



     A characteristic of the sample design common to each field



activity was the use of several sample frame for the



 



                                57



 



 



 



 



 



selection of survey respondents.  The frames which were used



included a general area frame and special list frames consisting of



administrative records from several HHS programs.  Probability



samples were drawn independently from each frame.  Subsequent to



each field activity. sample survey records were matched to their



corresponding administrative records.  Although there has been



continuity of the learning process concerning matching and the use



of administrative records within the developmental stages of the



SIPP. the objectives of each matching operation have varied



somewhat as the program has developed.



 



1.   Objectives and Description



 



a.   Site research



 



     In the Site Research Survey, administrative records



were used as sampling frames primarily to facilitate evaluation of



the experiments on alternative survey design factors.  Two program



recipient files were used as list frames in addition to a general



area frame in each of the five locations.  The first file was the



June  1977 Aid to Families With Dependent Children (AFDC) master



file maintained by the Texas State Department of Public Welfare in



Austin, Texas.  This file is an administrative system which



maintains data on benefit amounts, payment history, demographic



characteristics, and other information needed to administer the



program.  The second program recipient file used for selecting



persons in the Site Research Survey was the Supplemental Security



Record (SSR) maintained by the Social Security Administration (SSA)



in Baltimore.  This record is the national master administrative



file for data on Supplemental Security income (SSI) benefits



amounts, payment history, and demographic data.  Table 1 provides



an indication of how the sample households were distributed among



the sample frames and questionnaire types in the Site Research.



Table 2 exhibits the number of completed adult interviews for each



sample frame.



     A match of survey records to administrative cases drawn from



each file was initiated to determine the accuracy and quality of



the income data collected in the Site Research.  By comparing



survey data to the record (control) data, the match allowed a



validation and response error analysis with subsequent evaluation



of the effects of the experimental treatments on income reporting. 



Because data on income types other than AFDC or SSI was not current



and of questionable quality. the analysis comparing the survey data



with administrative data was possible only for the AFDC or SSI



income.



     The Statistical Methods Division (SMD) of the Bureau of the



Census was responsible for defining sampling specifications for the



three samples and for drawing the area probability sample.  The two



samples from program data were selected by the respective agencies



according to specifications developed by SMD.



     Because of the small sample sizes and limited geographic



scope, no effort was made to develop multiple frame estimates for



the Site Research Survey.  Thus, the file matching task was



relatively uncomplicated; only the cases drawn from each record



system needed to be matched with their respective survey records.  



The general population sample was not part of the matching operation.



     The variables used to identify a match depended on the



availability of information in the administrative record system. 



Since each sampled address was assigned a unique control number.



the matching of administrative records to their respective survey



records involved essentially a two-stage process.  First. the



control numbers of the sample addresses were matched to the survey



records.  Then, within each household on the matched household



file, a person match was attempted using the Social Security Number



(SSN) of the individual on the administrative record as the primary



match variable.  Difficulties with matching on SSN at the person



level were resolved by using age and sex as discriminating



variables.



     Although the process was used for both administrative record



systems, an essential difference existed between the SSI match and



the AFDC match.  In the case of the SSI match, a manual match.



using the procedure defined above, preceded an automated match. 



Since the., cases which could not be matched manually were



discarded, the automated match appeared to be perfect.  An exact



count of discarded SSI cases is not readily available, but the



Census Bureau has indicated with some assurance that there were



relatively few.



     An automated procedure which mirrored the manual procedure



described above was used for matching the AFDC sample survey data



with administrative record data.  Descriptive statistics for the



entire Site Research file are not available; however, a sampling of



the results of the match procedure is given in Table 3. It is the



authors' understanding that these results are representative of the



results of the entire AFDC matching operation.



     One rather disturbing finding of the Site Research matching



procedure was that in a large number of cases (up to 30 percent),



the individual selected from the administrative record system was



not included in the household roster at the address shown in the



survey record.  This resulted from the procedures used to identify



the sample unit.  Interviewers were instructed to locate the sample



address (which was not always found) and interview the residents in



the household.  They were not told to search for the specific



individual on-the administrative record system, because of the fear



that such a procedure would bias the survey data.



 



b.   1978 panel



 



     In the second phase of the SIPP developmental field work, the



1978 Panel, a nationwide area probability sample of 1,950



households and a list sample of 411 households drawn from SSI files



was interviewed at quarterly interviews over a period of 15 months. 



The purpose of again including this frame was to continue the



investigation of SSI reporting with new survey techniques.  Some of



these techniques affected the general quality of all income data



(e.g. new interviewer training procedures); other techniques were



specifically developed to improve SSI reporting (e.g.



distinguishing the color of the government-issued checks). 



Although no experiments were involved, the matching of survey data



to administrative records has proved most informative in the



evaluation of these new techniques.  Thus, the context of the



matching



 



                                59



 



 



 



 



 



        Table VI.2.3.  A Sampling of AFDC Matching Results



                    in the Site Research Survey



 



November ISDP-3



 



     130  records to be matched



      15  records matched Non-interview Households



      73  records matched on HHLD ID. and SSN



       9  records matched on HHLD ID.. sex and age



      33  records matched on HHLD ID.. but could not match at



          person's level



 



October ISDP-4



 



     127  records to be matched



      12  records matched Non-Interview Households



      74  records matched on HHLD ID. and SSN



      12  records matched on HHLD ID.. sex and age



      29  records matched on HHLD ID.. but could nix match at



          Person's level



 



January ISDP-10



 



III  records to be matched



       3  records matched Non-interview Households



      71  records matched on HHLD ID. and SSN



       8  records matched on HHLD ID.. sex and age



      29  records matched on HHLD ID.. but could not match at



          person's level



 



January ISDP-15



 



     129  records to be matched



      15  records matched Non-interview Households



      69  records matched on HHLD ID. and SSN



      13  records matched on HHLD ID.. sex mid age



      32  records matched on HHLD ID.. but could not match at



          person's level



 



     Note:  Data concerning the ISDP-20 and ISDP-25 Questionnaires



are not readily available at this time: however, according to the



Demographic Surveys Division of the Bureau of the Census. the



results of these matching operations are similar to the ISDP-10 and



ISDP-15 match results.



 



 



activity, once again, has been limited to response error and



validation studies for one specific income type.  Preliminary



efforts at multiple frame estimation in the 1978 Panel were



considered in the early planning stages.  However, because of the



small size and low precision of the sample, this was not pursued.



     The goals of the 1978 Panel matching operation did not



substantially differ from the goals of the Site Research.  Some



refinements in locating list frame sample respondents and in the



matching procedures resulted in a higher match rate in the 1978



Panel than had occurred in the Site Research Survey.  To insure



that the list frame person was a member of the interviewed



households interviewers were instructed to go to the address listed



and ask for the person (by name) selected from the administrative



record.  The interviewers did not know how these people had been



selected; they only knew that the survey respondents were members



of a "person" sample rather than a "address" sample.



     If the person did not live at the address. procedures were



developed to assist the interviewing staff in locating the sample



persons and interviewing there at their current address.  These



procedures were not always successful and some sample loss occurred



when list frame persons could not be located.



     Table 4 provides the results of the automated match of SSI



data to the survey respondent for the 1978 Panel.  The matching



procedures for the 1978 Panel respondents were similar to those of



the Site Research Survey.  Unique household control numbers,



assigned to each sample address at the time of sample selection,



were used to match at the household level.  Within the household,



the sample program person was matched to his/her administrative



record using the SSN as the primary match variable.  Non-matches



resulting from this procedure were clarified by comparing the age



and sex variables.  As can be seen from Table 4. data on the number



of person level matches using only the Social Security Number are



not available.



 



        Table VI.2.4.--SSI Match Results for the 1978 Panel



 



April 1978 ISDP-303



 



     486  records to be matched



       1  record did not match at HHLD level



      58  records matched at HHLD level only



     427  records matched at person's level



 



July 1978 ISDP-403



 



     491  records to be matched



      23  records did not match at HHLD level



      51  records matched at HHLD level only



     417  records matched at person's level



 



October 1978 ISDP-503



 



     496  records to be matched



      29  records did not match at HHLD level



      49  records matched at HHLD level only



     418  records matched a person's level



 



January 1979 ISDP--603



 



     496  records to be matched



      30  records did not match at HHLD level



      76  records matched at HHLD level only



     390  records matched at person's level



 



April 1979 ISDP-703



 



     497  records to be matched



      38  records did not match at HHLD level



      72  records matched at HHLD level only



     387  records matched at Person's level



 



 



     Note:  An increase irk the number of household level non-



matches occurred in interviews two through five because households



which were not interviewed were included in the total number of



records to be matched. Since a questionnaire was not completed for



these households, a non-match was assured.



 



                                60



 



 



 



 



c.   1979 panel



 



     The use of two administrative record systems was incorporated



into the survey design for the third phase of the SIPP



developmental field work, the 1979 Panel.  Supplementary samples of



1,000 program participants each were drawn from the December 1978



Supplemental Security Record file maintained by SSA in Baltimore



and the 1978-1979 Basic Educational Opportunity Grants (BEOGs)



applicant file.  In the former, the respondents selected were blind



and disabled SSI recipients; in the latter case, the applicant file



was restricted to those determined eligible for a grant in the



1978-79 academic year.  The 1979 Panel is still being fielded, and



thus, no results are yet available regarding the use of the



different sampling frames.  Plans, however, include the use of



these administrative record systems both to evaluate income



reporting and to obtain multiple frame estimates, thus improving



the reliability of data regarding households in their programs. 



The latter goal will considerably complicate the matching process,



since for this purpose the identification of the overlap domain



among the three sampling frames (i.e., area sample, SSI, and BEOGs)



is critical.  The former goal is comparable to the work performed



previously in the Site Research Survey and the 1978 Panel.  That



is, by matching administrative records to the survey records,



detailed program data can be compared with interview data.  Thus,



further analyses and evaluation of the quality of SSI and BEOGs



reporting are planned.  Since this work is quite similar to the



work completed on the 1978 Panel, the match of the sample



individuals selected from administrative records with their survey



records will follow essentially the same scheme as was used in the



1978 Panel.  The improved field procedures for locating the list



frame persons have been repeated, as well as the computer match



process.  In addition, the area sample will be matched to each of



the administrative records universes, so that a study of reporting



of the respective income types for the area sample can be



conducted.



     The creation of multiple frame weights requires that sample



respondents be placed in the correct domain of membership.  Since



the 1979 Panel is a developmental effort, two approaches to this



problem will be compared:



     1.   asking the sample respondents questions to determine



          their domain membership; and



     2.   matching the individual survey records with the universes



          of the administrative records systems used for sampling.



     In the first case, responses to survey questions about



participation in the SSI and BEOGs programs are used as indicators



of membership in the overlap domain.  This approach may be



particularly unsatisfactory because self-identification of



membership in the exact universes in an interview tends to be very



difficult.  The BEOGs cases were drawn from certified eligibles,



not all of whom are necessarily recipients; and, the SSI cases were



drawn from blind and disabled, but not aged recipients.  It is



difficult to formulate appropriate questions to permit proper



identification, and even more difficult for the respondent to give



an accurate response.  Questions have been developed and will be



asked in the Fifth Wave of the panel to permit determination of



respondents' ability to self-identify membership in the programs.



In the second case, a match of survey records for all interviewed



individuals to both administrative universes is proposed.  However,



deficiencies in the quality of the matching variables, particularly



the SSN and date of birth, will result in an undetermined number of



false non-matches (i.e., a person interviewed in the sample survey



who had non-zero probability of selection from one of the



administrative lists, but whom the record match did not identify as



having such a probability).  In order to reduce (but not eliminate)



false non-matches resulting from inaccurate or incomplete survey



data, a set of procedures to validate and correct survey-reported



SSN's or to supply missing SSN's will be implemented in conjunction



with the Office of Research and Statistics (ORS)/SSA.  Of course,



these procedures will not assist the SIPP in determining false non-



matches resulting from inaccurate data on the administrative record



system.



     The 1979 Panel matching procedures for the multiple frame



domain determination have, at this time, yet to be defined.  It is,



however, obvious that the SSN will be the primary matching variable



with name, date of birth, race, age, and sex serving as



confirmatory variables.  The results of this exercise should



provide valuable insight into the procedures required for a timely



and operationally successful multiple frame sample survey.



 



2.   Major  Difficulties



 



     The major problems arising from the use of administrative



records for sampling have been consistent throughout the SIPP



developmental work, affecting, to different degrees, all the



sampling frames which have been used and/or considered in the



program.  The problems stem from difficulties in:



     1.   Identifying individual sampling unit with a known



          probability of selection;



     2.   Locating units in the sample in the field;



     3.   Gaining access to the administrative files;



     4.   Determining matches and non-matches;



     5    Gaining timely access to updated administrative data for



          addition to the sample survey records; and



 



                                61



 



 



 



 



 



     6.   Finding administrative sources that are national in scope



          or similar from State to State.



     The basis of the first problem lies in the fact that a one-to-



one correspondence does not generally exist between survey units



and the units on the administrative record files.  A survey unit,



in the SIPP developmental work, is a household.  However, in many



administrative record systems, the SSI system for example, a



household can be identified by more than one individual's record



(e.g. when more than one person in a household is a ,program



participant). the is also possible that a single administrative



record can lead to more than one household, such as when the record



relates to a nuclear family which lives in more than one household. 



In the case of the SSI system, records were maintained in such a



way that duplicate records for spouses could be deleted; records



for other recipients in the same household-were not unduplicated. 



In other programs, however, an unduplication process was not



available or readily derivable, and sampling was deferred until



such time as methods could be devised.



     The second area of difficulty--identifying units selected in



the sample in the field--was briefly mentioned in the section on



the 1978 Panel.  The problem primarily resulted from; 1) inadequate



or inaccurate home addresses of individuals on the administrative



records or 2) recent moves by program participants.  In the latter



case, a time lag of 2 to 4 months from sample selection to



interview date contributed to the problem.  These difficulties were



handled by procedural changes in the 1978 and 1979 Panels,



instructing interviewers to use the address only to locate the



individual, and to interview the entire household where that



individual was currently living.  Individuals who moved and whose



new address could not be determined remained a problem and could



not be interviewed.  In order to avoid violating the privacy of the



sampled individuals and to avoid biasing the data, interviewers



were only told that the "person samples". had been drawn from



various government programs rather than from particular programs.



     The problem of obtaining access to the administrative files



which were ultimately used was not as difficult as had been



anticipated.  Most of the difficulty in this amp can be



characterized as a substantial expenditure of staff time from the



initial contact through the sample selection, and the production of



a substantial amount of paperwork to obtain access to the



administrative file.  However, since the SIPP developmental work is



a joint statistical project with the Census Bureau, confidentiality



of the data being assured under Title 13, U. S. Code, access to the



flies was granted.



     Several brief, tentative efforts at using other program files



maintained at the State or local level have been attempted.  In



these cases problems of access appeared more severe.  The timing,



amount of paperwork, and likelihood of being granted access



dictated against vigorous pursuit of such frames during the early



SIPP developmental program; further work in that area will be



pursued later in the program.



     The fourth problem of accurately identifying matches and non-



matches between the survey records and administrative records was



already discussed.  The problem has not been resolved; however, the



experience gained from the Site Research and 1978 Panel has



suggested that the quality of the survey data, particularly



reporting of SSN, can be improved by emphasizing its importance in



interviewer training.  This, of course, cannot improve the quality



of the SSN's on the administrative files.  In the 1979 Panel, an



attempt will be made to validate the SSN's provided by the



respondents.  Cases with invalid numbers will then be identified to



the interviewers, in order that they may attempt to obtain a



correct number during a later wave of the 1979 panel.



     The type of matching operation conducted in the Site Research



and 1978 Panel is considerably less sophisticated than that



envisioned for the 1979 Panel.  More will be learned during the



next year concerning the SIPP's ability to match lists of survey



respondents to administrative lists of program participants.  The



issues of survey reported and validated SSN's, inaccurate and



incomplete data on the administrative file, and the use of multiple



frame sampling in an ongoing survey will be affected by the ability



to identify correct matches.



      The fifth area mentioned--gaining timely access to updated



administrative data to Supplement the sample survey records-my



present a problem in the ongoing SIPP.  In the SIPP program,



emphasis has been placed on providing relatively fast turnaround of



the SIPP data for purposes of program evaluation and current



assessments of the socio-economic well-being of the nation.  If the



sample design is dependent on access to administrative records for



proper weighting, this access will have to be carefully timed to



coincide with the end of data collection, or alternative means of



providing preliminary data should be developed.



     The last problem of finding administrative record sources that



are national in scope or similar from State to State also will



affect the ongoing SIPP.  For many programs which have variable



record systems at the State or local level, sampling may be



operationally too difficult, despite the importance of the program. 



This will reduce the effectiveness of the survey in providing data



on program participation for such programs.



 



3.   Uses of the Administrative Files



 



     Matched survey and administrative records of the Site



Research Survey and the 1978 Panel data have not yet



 



                                62



 



 



 



 



 



been made available to the public since confidentiality issues



still need to be resolved.  In the case of the Site Research files,



individual identifiers, such as SSN, address, name, and Census



control number, have been removed and the income amounts above a



fixed cutoff have been "topcoded" or reduced on the file to the



cutoff point.  Geographic codes identifying the city and the ad-



ministrative record data remain on the file.  These files are



currently being edited and will be made available as public use



tapes.  Confidentiality issues will determine the final record



layouts from this data collection activity.



     Individual identifiers-that is, name and SSN--on the 1978



Panel quarterly tapes have been removed.  However, at this time,



administrative data, detailed geographic codes, and income amounts



which have not been topcoded (i.e., coded to a fixed open-ended



category, usually $50,000 or more, if the amount exceeds the base



of the open ended category) remain on the file.  At this writing,



all five waves of the 1978 Panel (unedited) have been received by



HHS, from the Bureau of the Census.  Current plans include making



these tapes available as public use tapes once the confidentiality



issues become resolved.  Only two waves of the 1979 Panel have been



received at this time.  However, confidentiality issues concerning



the administrative data should be resolved in a manner similar to



the 1978 Panel data.  The SIPP Staff intends to make these data



available as public use tapes, retaining some minimal amount of



information from the administrative records.



     To date, the most important use of the matched files has been



in the evaluation of reports of income recipiency.  A major goal of



the developmental work of the SIPP has been the improvement of



reporting of income and related data through sampling procedures,



questionnaires, and estimation techniques.  The matching of survey



reports to administrative records has allowed some objective eval-



uation of the efficacy of these efforts.



     In the near future, the primary purpose of the use of



administrative records for sampling will be to improve the



reliability of estimates of recipiency of relatively rare income



types and of estimates of the characteristics of such recipients. 



Their income types will include both cash and non-cash transfers



from federal programs.  Through oversampling from program records



and multiple frame estimation, the number of sample observations of



program participants will be greatly increased, leading to improved



reliability of program participation rates and characteristics of



program participants.  In addition, efforts will be made to add



Social Security earnings records to the individual survey records,



thereby enhancing the richness of the economic data base.



     In the long run, administrative records may provide a means of



adjusting SIPP estimates of recipiency and level of income using



administrative control totals.  Not as much thought has been given



to this use as a means of developing better estimates of program



participation.  However, alternative means of improving survey data



with administrative data are available and will be explored in the



SIPP.  For example, if the administrative data are known to be



accurate, and if practical, reliable matching procedures can be



developed, then individual data items on interview records might be



adjusted.  Alternatively, administrative data could be used as



control totals for adjusting aggregate estimates of recipiency of



particular income types or participation in particular programs.



 



4.   Quality of Results



 



     At this time, the only analysis of the quality of the



procedures and resulting information has been in the evaluation of



the effectiveness of using different field procedures to locate



sample cases.  Within the next year an evaluation of the quality of



the matching process will be conducted using the data from the 1979



Panel.



     For more information on the use of administrative records in



the development of the Survey of Income and Program Participation,



contact:



     Daniel Kasprzyk



     Income Survey Development Program



     SSA/ORS/ISDP



     Room 322B, Universal North Bidding



     1875 Connecticut Avenue NW.



     Washington, DC 20009



 



 



5.   Bibliography



 



L.   Hausman,  Characteristics of selected income-tested programs



     (May, 1977; 289 pp.)



H.   Huang and D. Kasprzyk,  An examination of the relative



     benefits of selected sample designs for the SIPP. ISDP Working



     Paper #5 (November, 1978: 29 pp.)



R.   Kaluzny. 'Site Test analysis: characteristics of the data base



     (May, 1979; 53 pp.)



R.   Kaluzny and John Scott Butler,  The effect of instrument



     design on the reporting of AFDC and SSI income: a multinominal



     approach (March, 1980; 35 pp.)



B.   Klein,  Validating AFDC recipiency from the site research



     survey using a known sample of recipients (Forthcoming in the



     documentation of the Site Research Test)



C.   Lininger, Ed.  Survey of Income and Program Participation



     (SIPP) confidential report (August. 1979. 77 pp.)



B.   Mahoney.  M. Ycas, D. Kasprzyk, and H. Huang, Trade-offs in



     the collection of income, wealth, and program statistics



     (June, 1978; 29 pp.)



 



                                63



 



 



 



 



 



J.   Steinberg,  Multiple frame sampling approach-general framework



     of alternative approaches (December, 1976: 18 pp.)



J.   Steinberg,  Multiple frame sampling approach--pro-   posed



     design of a pilot test (February. 1977; 18 pp.)



S.   Stephenson,  Ed.  Survey research issues workshop: proceedings



     (August. 1978; 274 pp.)



D.   Vaughan,  Errors in reporting Supplemental Security Income



     recipiency in a pilot household survey (August, 1978. 6 pp.)



M.   Ycas,  An introduction to the Income Survey Development



     Program (August, 1979; 31 pp.)



 



 



               D.  Case Study 3: Use of IRS/SSA/HCFA



               Administrative Files for 1980 Census



                        Coverage Evaluation



 



1.   Introduction



 



     One of the major objectives of the 1980 Census Coverage



Evaluation Program is to develop estimates of the coverage of



population and housing in the census at the state and substate



level.  The Current Population Survey (CPS). which is conducted on



a monthly basis, will provide these estimates.  Persons listed in



the CPS are matched on a one-to-one basis with the census listing



of names in order to estimate census coverage error.



     Special enumeration surveys were conducted as part of the 1950



and 1960 census evaluation programs.  However, the results of these



studies were considered not to be successful for providing accurate



estimates of the undercount for certain subgroups of the



population.  One can conclude from these results that certain types



of persons enumerated in the census are much easier to enumerate in



the CPS than persons missed in the census.  This bias is often



referred to as "correlation bias;- a major objective of the 1980



CPS-census match will be to reduce this bias.



     There are two means by which the Census Bureau hopes to reduce



"correlation bias"'



     1.   By maintaining, as much as possible, independence of the



          CPS and the census.



     2.   By utilizing "independent" administrative files for



          purposes of improving the estimates of coverage error.



     It is the latter process that will be primarily addressed in



this case study.  To the extent that a satisfactory match between



the administrative files and the census and CPS can be achieved



without impairing independence of the sample data, we should be



able to obtain more accurate estimates of coverage error than were



obtained in 1950 and 1960.



     Two administrative flies are being considered: the IRS tax



return file for persons aged 17 to 64 years of age and the Medicare



file for persons 65 or over.  Two research projects are being



conducted to determine the feasibility of using the IRS and



Medicare files and will be described in this case study.  They



involve matching the February 1978 CPS records to corresponding IRS



and Medicare records.



     It should be noted that to a great extent this program is



still being developed.  Thus, the projects described in this report



could be subject to revision.



 



2.   Objectives of the Program to Estimate the Census Undercount



 



     The primary objective of the 1980 Census Coverage Evaluation



Program is to develop estimates of the coverage of population and



housing in the census.  The estimates can be made using two



different methods: Demographic analysis and survey estimates.



     A.   Demographic Analysis--The demographic method (demographic



analysis) of census evaluation that will be used involves



developing expected values for the population at the census date by



the adjustment and combination of demographic data from sources



essentially independent of the census being evaluated and comparing



these expected values with the census counts.  The particular



method that is used for demographic subgroups depends on the nature



of the available data.  For ages under 45 in 1980, estimates will



be developed on the basis of birth, death and immigration



statistics.  For ages over 65 aggregated medicare data will



provided the basis for estimates of coverage.  For the remaining



age groups an analysis of all censuses since 1880. along with death



and immigration statistics, provides the basis for developing



coverage estimates in 1980 (1).



     Demographic analysis will provide national estimates of net



census errors for age, sex and race groups.  These estimates are



measures of net error for age, sex, and race groups, combining



coverage errors and errors of content.  The demographic method is



considered by Census staff to be more effective than a post-census



sample survey for developing satisfactory estimates of net census



errors at the national level for the total U.S. population. 



However, problems do exist with demographic analysis. the major one



is the estimation of the number of undocumented aliens.  At the



present time. nd definitive methodology is available for including



this segment of the population in the demographic estimates.



     Demographic analysis will also provide are estimates of net



census errors for broad age categories, by sex, and for white and



black racial groups.  However, it is questionable whether they will



be better estimates due those produced from the CPS and to what



extent they will be utilized.



 



                                64



 



 



 



 



 



     B.   Current Population Survey (CPS)-The data does not



currently exist for using demographic analysis techniques to



provide reliable estimates of coverage error for subnational



geographic area such as cities, SMSA's and revenue sharing areas;



in addition, the data now available for demographic analysis cannot



provide estimates of coverage error for some important



socioeconomic categories.  The Census Bureau will utilize the



April, 1980 and the August, 1980 Current Population Surveys to fill



this void.  Persons listed in the CPS are matched on a one-to-one



basis with the census listing of names.  Census resources exist for



providing reliable estimates of net coverage error at the state



level for the total population.  Furthermore, the CPS will enable



methodology to be developed (e.g., regression-synthetic estimation



techniques) that might provide reasonably accurate estimates of



coverage error for certain demographic, socioeconomic categories at



the state level and for the total population at certain substate



area levels (large cities, SMSA's, some revenue sharing areas,



etc.).



     The emphasis in conducting the 1950 and 1960 postenumeration



surveys was on obtaining data of good quality. Highly qualified



staff were hired, given extensive training, and a considerable



amount of time was devoted to seeing that procedures were properly



conducted.  The effect was to reduce errors due to poor enumerators



and carelessly implemented procedures; however, the correlation



biases arising from the tendencies of certain segments of the



population not to be enumerated were largely unaffected (in fact,



they may have been increased).



     The emphasis in the 1980 program will be on independence from



the census, in addition to quality.  The 1980 program will utilize



"independent" administrative files for purposes of improving the



estimates of coverage error.  To the extent that a satisfactory



match between the administrative files and the census and CPS can



be achieved without impairing independence of the sample data. we



should be able to obtain more accurate estimates of coverage error



than were obtained in 1950 and 1960.  The feasibility of using



these administrative files is being investigated in a study



currently underway.  Data were collected from the persons in the



February 1978 Current Population Survey (CPS) in order to



facilitate a match with administrative files.  Dual system



estimates of the true total population will be made as of February



1978 and compared with estimates based on births, deaths, and



previous censuses.  If the two estimates of total population are



reasonably close and the processing problems of administrative file



matching are surmountable, administrative files will be used to



adjust the CPS estimates of coverage error in the 1980 census.



     The procedure for doing the August, 1980 CPS follows:



     A listing is made of all Persons currently residing in the



sample housing units together with all persons who died in there



households subsequent to the census.  A determination is made where



each listed person was living at the time of the census.  These



addresses are then searched in census records to see if the sample



persons were enumerated (Procedure B).



     Since this procedure is only concerned with obtaining a roster



of persons at the current address, we would expect this procedure



to yield a more complete listing and a better estimate of



undercoverage than was feasible under the procedure used in the



1950 & 1960 evaluation surveys (A listing is made of all persons



who resided at the sample housing unit at the time of the Census. 



The census records for the sample addresses are then searched to



see if the persons were enumerated.)



     In addition to estimating a gross omission rate from the CPS,



we also plan to estimate erroneous enumerations in the census;



therefore, the purpose of the Undercount estimation program will be



to estimate a net coverage error, gross omissions minus erroneous



enumerations.



     A person is "correctly enumerated" if he was enumerated in the



census at the address reported by the CPS as the census date



residence.  A person is "missed" if he was not enumerated at the



census date residence that was reported in the CPS.  An enumeration



is considered to be "erroneous" if the CPS reports that the person



was not living at the location where the census recorded him.  For



example, the CPS could report that no such person exists, or that



the person was born after the census. died before the census or was



living elsewhere on day.  Also a person was erroneously enumerated



if he/she was enumerated more than once.



     A separate sample of approximately 100,000 households will be



selected from census enumerations to determine if they were



erroneously enumerated.



 



3.   Matching Techniques



 



     One of the most difficult operations to design and



implement is the development of matching techniques that involves:



     1.   matching of CPS housing unit and person records to census



          enumerated housing units and persons.



     2.   matching of CPS and census enumerated housing unit and



          person records to "administrative" file records.



     These matching operations are different in that the



 



                                65



 



 



 



 



 



former involves a searching operation in a file arranged by



address, whereas the latter involves searching files arranged on



some other basis (in the case of the IRS and Medicare: files the



search is on the basis of a social security number).  Therefore,



our research effort has taken different paths in determining



optimum procedures for these two operations.



 



a.   Matching of survey housing unit and person records to census



     records



 



     The matching operations conducted for the Oakland, Richmond



and Colorado postenumeration surveys* were clerical in nature with



explicitly written matching rules.  The Oakland PES was our first



attempt to create a set of matching rules; since they were changed



a number of times during the experiment, a definitive set of rules



does not exist for Oakland.  Based on our Oakland experience a set



of explicit rules for persons was devised for Richmond and



Colorado.  The basic matching operation consisted of the following:



     1.   Coding the PES addresses to tract, ED, block, serial



          number, and form type.  This information is needed to



          locate initially the address in the census address



          register which then guides us to the corresponding census



          questionnaire.  Maps with corresponding map-spotted units



          were used when searching for geocoding census addresses. 



          Also the block header record that identifies the ED and



          block for a given street name and house number proved to



          be very useful when searching for census addresses. 



          Telephone and city directories were used to a lesser



          extent in the searching operation.



     2.   Matching PES listed housing units against the census



          address register in order to obtain an estimate of census



          housing unit coverage.



     3.   Transcribing information from the PES interview forms to



          a special form to be used to control and facilitate the



          person matching.



     4.   Matching persons on the PES interview form to persons on



          the census questionnaires.  Name, relationship, sex, age,



          date of birth, and race were used its matching variables



          for Richmond and Colorado.



     5.   For the Oakland PES, all Procedure B nonmatches, and



          possible match cases were followed up to see if



          additional information could be obtained to determine



          match status for the "possible" match cases or to obtain



          additional address information for the nonmatch cases.



     6.   Lastly, a final matching operation to census



          questionnaires was conducted to determine final match



          status.



     The following are general observations based upon our



experience with the matching operations:



     1.   Follow-up (or reconciliation) will involve only cases for



          which additional CPS information is needed to determine



          match status.  If the additional information cannot be



          obtained, the will be included as part of a noninterview



          adjustment and a search for a corresponding census record



          will not occur.



     2.   Matching in movers has been a difficult task.



     Indications are that we were unable to locate a significant



number of reported census day addresses (addresses other than the



PES address); also, many addresses that were located were done so



only with a great deal of difficulty.  This experience was



especially noted in predominantly rural areas.



 



b.   Matching of CPS and census enumerated housing unit and person



     records to "administrative" file records



 



     Certain groups of persons are particularly likely to be missed



by both the CPS and the census; examples are: black males, males in



urban "ghetto" areas, low income adult males and migrants.  Two



administrative files are being used to provide alternative



estimates to the CPS Census match coverage estimates for these



groups.  These files are the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) tax



return file for persons of ages 18 to 64 and the Medicare file for



persons of ages over 64.



     The methodology to be used in forming a "triplesystem" census



coverage estimate will consist of matching CPS records and a sample



from census enumerations to the IRS and Medicare files.  A brief



description of dual-system estimation is explained later in this



presentation.  Matching will be done on the basis of a reported



social security number (SSN).  The Social Security Administration's



alphadata and Summary Earnings Record File will be used to obtain



SSN's for certain census and CPS records, and to validate reported



CPS numbers.  This is discussed more fully in Section IV.



 



4.   Administrative Matching



 



     A possible improvement to using the CPS to estimate net



Undercoverage in the census by a match to census records (dual-



system estimation) is to additionally match to administrative



records to form triple-system estimates.  The two sources planned



for use in 1980 are the tax returns filed in 1980 for 1979 fiscal



year and the Medicare file of all Medicare records for the year



1980.  There are several problems with using these files, the major



one



 



     *Special postcensal surveys ( PES's) were conducted for the



Oakland, Richmond, and Colorado census pretests for the purpose of



estimating the census undercount.



 



                                66



 



 



 



 



 



being the size of the files; the IRS tax file alone contains about



85 million records, stored on 131 data tapes in SSN order.



     Names and addresses are given to the Bureau exactly as they



are listed on the tax return, meaning the address could be the



address of the tax filer's bank, lawyer, or whoever prepares his



tax return, or a family member.  The Medicare file problems are



similar, but on a smaller scale.  Thus information may be reduced



for confirming or negating matches.



     To match to either of these files, it is necessary to have a



SSN for the record to be matched.  Note that this is true for



records matched to the IRS or Medicare files, but not necessary if



matching is done from either file to the census.  The distinction



will be clearer in a moment.  The reason for needing the SSN is



twofold:



     1.   Since the files are in order by SSN, it is most cost



          effective to search the files using that indicator. 



          Matching to these files using names or other variables



          would be prohibitively expensive.



     2.   The SSN is nearly a unique identifier.  While one person



          may have several SSN's, possessing more than one SSN is a



          relatively rare event, and on the IRS files each SSN



          should belong to only one individual.  However,



          identification using a person's name and matching in



          either direction can have problems when the individual



          possesses a common name (e.g., Robert Smith).



     Unfortunately, for these purposes, SSN is not collected in the



census, even on a sample basis.  However, we plan to collect this



information as part of the census erroneous enumeration survey,



which is a sample taken from the census.



     Matching can go in the other direction, too.  A sample of



cases with name and address can be drawn from the IRS and Medicare



files and matched back to the census, in much the same way the CPS



is matched to the census.  However, problems with matching in this



direction arise due to the need for a timely state sample; special



arrangements would have to be made with IRS to draw a state sample



while they are receiving return forms.  This is necessary because



the final IRS tax return file with names and addresses is not



available to the Census Bureau until approximately a year after the



receipt of the forms.  Also we have had some indications that



special problems in matching could occur due to the nature of the



Address that is filed with IRS, e.g., children who have moved away



from home very often still file their parents, address as their



residence.



     It is also anticipated that a follow-up operation would be



necessary because of the portion of the sample from IRS which would



list an address used for tax return purposes which was not the



residence as of census day.  This could introduce a substantial



bias into the dual-system or triple-system estimates by causing a



low matching rate at the person's residence.



     A supplement was administered as part of the February, 1978



CPS, collecting information necessary to matching the sample into



the IRS tax return file for fiscal 1977.  Dual-system estimates



were developed from this matching project and are presently being



compared to demographic estimates for 1978.  This project should



give us an indication both of the problems to be encountered in



matching in this direction and will also tell us, by comparing the



dual-system estimate to demographic estimates, whether the



assumption of independence of sources in the dual-system estimate



holds.



 



5.   Research Conducted for Proposed Match Study



 



a.   February 1978 CPS/IRS match study



 



     A special supplement was administered as part of the February



1978 CPS, collecting information necessary to validate and obtain



SSN's at Social Security Administration.  SSN's were then matched



into the IRS tax return file for 1977.  Dual-system estimates of



the total population will be developed and compared with



demographic estimates.  This project should give us an indication



of the problems encountered in matching, as well as whether the use



of the IRS file for estimation purposes will lower the "correlation



bias."



     There are two separate operations that are involved in this



match study.  An operation at the Social Security Administration



that involves validating and obtaining reported SSN's and a



matching operation at the Census Bureau involving a SSN match of



CPS records to the IRS files.



     1.  Social Security Validation Study--Social Security numbers



were reported for about 80 percent of the eligible persons in the



February 1978 CPS.  Of the remainder, some SSN's were unknown to



the respondent and could not be obtained by means of follow-up ;



some respondents refused to report SSN; some persons reported that



they did not have a SSN; and some SSN fields on the questionnaire



were left blank without explanation.



     Initially the CPS records with a reported SSN were validated



at SSA by matching against the Summary Earnings Record file



(SER).The validation was accomplished by comparing the first six



letters of the surname, month and year of birth, sex, and race (the



only comparable data in both the CPS and SSA files).  The CPS



records on which all comparable characteristics agreed with the SSA



data, records with varying degrees of disagreement, and those



records with reported SSN's that did not exist in the



 



                                67



 



 



 



 



 



SSA system were compiled for the Census Bureau.  A further



validation of records with varying levels of disagreement and CPS



records that could not be located in the SSA numeric file was made



by manually matching a sample of these records with a SSA



alphabetic file.  In order to test this procedure a test sample of



1000 CPS records with a validated SSN was also run simultaneously



through the process with the valid SSN removed.  Clerks were used



to find these CPS enumerated persons, by name and date of birth, by



searching in a microfilm file of all applications for SSN's.  The



CPS records included the following information that could be used



in the searching operation.



     -    Person's full name and its corresponding soundex code



     -    Up to two previous or alternative names (maiden name,



          former married name, name before adoption, etc.)



     -    Date of birth: (month--day-century-year)



     -    Sex and race



     -    Mother's maiden name



     -    Father's name



     -    Place of birth (city or county, State or foreign country)



     This information was included on a match form that included



room for corresponding Social Security Administration data.  An



evaluation will be done to determine the extent of the use of the



above information in determining match status.



     The microfilm file-of SSN applications included the following



information for each person:



     -    Soundex, code of the last name--(The soundex code is a



          device for grouping together spelling variants of the



          same name, and names that are spelled differently but



          sound alike and could easily be confused by an



          interviewer.)



     -    Last, first, middle name



     -    Date of birth: (month-year)



     -    Sex and race



     -    Social security number



     -    Mother's maiden name



     -    Father's name



     -    Place of birth



     Records in the microfile file were arranged:



     -    By soundex code of the last name



     -    Within soundex group by first name and middle name (or



          middle initial)



     -    Within name group, by date of birth Confidentiality of



          all census forms was maintained by having the matching



          done by Census Bureau employees and having the study



          directed at the Social Security Administration by



          professional personnel who are census agents.



 



     2.  Match of CPS SSN's to IRS Tax Return File After the work



done at Social Security Administration to validate and obtain



SSN's. the CPS records were returned to the Census Bureau



accompanied by a SSN.  At the present time it appears that we will



not be able to obtain valid SSN's for approximately 10 percent of



appropriate CPS records (adults who could report on the IRS file). 



Since incorrect SSN's could still remain on this file, an



additional validation study of SSN matching will be done; this will



involve using name and address information that is available on



both the CPS and IRS files, to determine the proportion of cases



incorrectly matched by SSN.  This is the first and only use of



address information in the matching.



     In order to obtain dual-system estimates, a tabulation of age,



race and sex totals in the IRS file has to be prepared.  This is



being done on a 20 percent basis.



 



b.   IRS-Census match study (involving Richmond, Va. and Southwest



     Colorado dress rehearsal censuses)



 



     Approximately 1,000 tax returns were sampled from the IRS file



for Richmond, Va. and approximately 1,300 sample cases from



southwest Colorado.  These were then matched to census records for



these two areas.  The purpose of the test was to determine if a



match in that direction was feasible.  Since the match is on the



basis of name and address (no SSN is available for census records),



we were especially concerned that IRS tax file addresses could



result in a large nonmatch rate, resulting in a need for extensive



field follow-up work.  These results are now being evaluated. 



Preliminary indications are that this approach may be feasible and,



in fact, more extensive tests. possibly on a national basis, could



be warranted.



 



6.   Estimation



 



     The primary purpose of the estimation procedure is to



provide estimates of the net Undercount for states (including the



District of Columbia), and selected substate areas.  A primary goal



of the coverage evaluation program is to provide a methodology for



determining corrected population counts at the state and substate



area level.  Since we cannot afford a survey to accomplish this



objective at the local area level, we are developing a program that



could be utilized in developing synthetic estimates at this level. 



Broadly speaking, this will involve two CPS samples that



collectively will provide reliable estimates of the corrected



population of specified minorities at the national level.  The



first estimates that could be formed after the census is concluded,



would be dual-system estimates of the total corrected population



for each state and for certain large SMSA's and cities.  To obtain



these estimates, the CPS will be matched back to the census, with



the match



 



                                68



 



 



 



 



 



Table VI.3.1   Forming a Dual-System Estimate for one of the 61



               Divisions



 



                                Census



Census Population Survey      In        Out       Total



In                            M'        --        N'.P



Out                           --        --        --



 



Total                         N'.C      --        N'.T



 



 



              N'.P * N'.C



where N.T  = ____________     is the dual-system estimate of the



total



                         corrected population for one of the 61



                  M'     divisions.



 



     N'.P is the estimate from the CPS of the total population;



     M'   is the estimate from the CPS of the number of persons



          enumerated in both the CPS and the census. adjustment is



          made for CPS nonresponse cases and for CPS insufficient



          information for matching cases:



     N'.C is the total population count obtained in the census.



          minus the estimate of erroneous enumerations and of the



          total number of imputations made.



 



status ascertained for each person in the household.  The CPS



sample is being drawn as a state sample with supplementation of the



largest SMSA's and cities.  Each person or household in the sample



will ultimately be classified as correctly enumerated, omitted, or



erroneously enumerated.  The sample estimates of the proportion of



matches and of erroneous enumerations will be used in the dual



system estimate to obtain the total corrected population in each of



the states and designated SMSA's and cities.



     The dual-system estimate is basically that used in capture-



recapture methodology to provide population counts of migratory



animals, birds, and fish.  Of necessity, one or two modifications



have been introduced to allow for the vagaries of survey data.  The



estimate is formed as shown in Table VI.3. 1.



     The only assumption required in this model is that the two



sources be independent.  If independence holds, then N'.T is the



maximum likelihood estimate; N'.T is the final estimate of the



total corrected population.  It already allows for processing



errors. census refusals and other cases which could not be matched



since the cases are represented in N'.P but not in M'.  To estimate



the completeness of the census count or to estimate the census



Undercoverage, we must add the imputations and erroneous



enumerations back to N'.C.  That is



 



      N.C



PC = _____ =   estimated completeness of census enumeration



 



      N'.T



 



     where N.C  =   N'.C + E'.C + I.C  =     actual census count



                                             including erroneous



                                             enumeration (E'.C) and



                                             imputations (I.C)



 



 



           N'.C           M'



also w.C = _____  = _____  =  proportion matched estimated



                              completeness of the actual field



          N'.T      N'.P      enumeration, excluding erroneous



                              enumerations and before any



                              imputations.



 



     Imputations and erroneous enumerations have to be excluded in



estimating N.T because none of the imputations or erroneous



enumerations will be matched and thus will not be included in M'.



     Also using the above notation



 



     O.C  =  N'.T - N'.C is the number of persons not counted in



                         the census.



 



     O.C  =  N'.T - N.C  =  O'.C - E'.C - I.C     is the difference



                                                  between the total



                                                  corrected



                                                  population and



                                                  the census count.



                          O'.C



     q.C  =  I  -  p.C  = _____    is the net Undercoverage rate.



 



                          N'.T



 



 



                           O'.C



     and r.c  =  I -  w.c  =_____  is the gross undercoverage rate.



 



                           N'.T



 



     These procedures can be found in Marks, Seltzer and Krotki who



also develop a three system estimator (2).



     Following the work of Deming and Chandrasekaran (3), the dual-



system estimate is formed for demographic subgroups within the



region for which the estimate is being formed.  These estimates are



made for the smallest mutually exclusive demographic categories



(e.g., young black males), and added across categories to obtain



the estimate for the region.  This is done to reduce both the



variance and the bias of the estimate.



     These estimates would be revised as more information about the



undercount becomes available from administrative record matching. 



Matching will be done using administrative records, and separate



estimates of the undercount can be formed from a Census/IRS match



and from a Census/Medicare match.  These would be compared to the



Census/CPS estimate and an adjusted estimate prepared.  Demographic



estimates for the U.S. as a whole will also be available.  The



state estimates obtained from matching can be adjusted to these



national totals.  As mentioned previously, there art timing



problems in obtaining estimates from matching to administrative



records, which lead to these estimates being produced later than



the CPS estimates; hence the need for revisions.



     A more complex estimator can be formed which involves a good



deal more work.  The concept of the dual-



 



                                69



 



 



 



 



 



system estimate can be expanded to comprise an n-system estimate,



where now three sources are used in the matching process: the



census, CPS. and a combination of Medicare records and the IRS tax



return file.  Matching problems faced in the dual-system estimate



increase threefold because of the number of relations possible. 



Offsetting the increased matching problems, however, gains are made



in both reduced variance and reduced bias when employing three



systems.  This is illustrated in work by Woltman and Smith (4) and



Wittes (5).



 



7.   Anticipated Cost and Timing of Administrative Record Match



     Study



 



     Results of the two IRS studies should be available by August



1980.  The costs of the studies are approximately:



     A.   IRS-Richmond/Colorado Match Study-Processing of 3,000.



          records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $13,000



     B.   CPS-IRS Match:



          1.   CPS Supplement involving 97,000 persons. Data



               collection-preparation . . . . . . . . . . . $95,000



          2.   'Computer matching to SSA numeric file 78,000



               person-records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10,000



          3.   SSA Soundex Lookup involving 12,000



               person records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$6,500



          4.   Keying of SSA Lookup Records involving 5,700 person



               records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$500



          5.   Computer matching to the IRS file (involve's two



               passes of the IRS file, matching a total of 82,000



               person records from CPS) . . . . . . . . . $125,000*



          6    Tabulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $15,000



          7.   Other (salaries. etc.) . . . . . . . . . . . $50,000



 



     *This is a partial cost because the project was shared with



other independent studies.



 



     For more information on the 1980 Census Coverage Evaluation,



contact:



     David Bateman



     Statistical Methods Division



     Bureau of the Census



     Washington, DC 20233



 



8.   References



 



     (1)  U.S. Bureau of Census.  Census of Population and



          Housing:  1970.  Evaluation and Research Program. PHC(E)-



          4.  Estimates of Coverage of Population by Sex.  Race.



          and Age: Demographic AnalYsis, 1973.



 



     (2)  Marks, Eli S., William Selmer, and Karol J. Krotki.



          Population Growth Estimation.  A Handbook of Vital



          Statistics Measurement. New York: The Population Council,



          1974.



     (3)  Chandrasekaran, C., and W. E. Deming.  On a Method of



          Estimating Birth and Death Rates and the Extent of



          Registration. Journal of American Statistical Association



          No. 245 (March): 101-15, 1949.



     (4)  Woltman, Henry and William Smith.  An internal Census



          Bureau Memorandum, Preliminary Finding on Dual vs. 



          Triple System Estimation. June 4, 1979.



     (5)  Wittes, Janet T. Applications of a Multinomial Capture-



          Recapture Model to Epidemiological Data.  Journal of the



          American Statistical Association, Vol. 69, p. 93-97,



          March 1974.



 



 



              E.  Case Study 4: Record Linkage in the



                   Nonhousehold Sources Program



 



1.   Introduction



 



     The Nonhousehold Sources Program is a large-scale record check



developed at the Bureau of the Census.  The record check process is



to match names and address records developed independently from the



census to names and addresses collected in the census in order to



identify persons who may have been missed in the census



enumeration.  The program will be carried out as an intrinsic part



of 1980 Decennial Census procedures in selected areas of the



country.  The basic purpose of the Nonhousehold Sources Program is



to reduce within-household undercoverage and, in particular, to



concentrate efforts on minority populations which are most likely



to be undercounted.



     The major steps in the Nonhousehold Source Program are:



     (1)  identification of the target geographic universe; (2) 



procurement of appropriate records, collected independently of the



census, which specify names. addresses. and minimal demographic



characteristics of in-scope persons, (3)  precensal processing of



the record lists to screen on geography and other characteristics



of interest, and to prepare materials for matching; (4) a clerical



match of the nonhousehold source records to census listings after



completion of the first phase of census enumeration; and (5),



follow-up of nonmatches to determine enumeration status whenever



possible.  In this last step. if it is determined that a given



person had not been enumerated. he/she is added to the census



questionnaire for the appropriate housing unit.  As a further



coverage improvement. the roster of persons reported for that



housing unit is verified to add any other persons in the household



who we c missed in the initial phase of enumeration.



     The Nonhousehold Sources Program is only one of several



coverage improvement operations planned for the



 



                                70



 



 



 



 



 



Decennial Census.  During the developmental phase for the 1980



census, several other coverage improvement programs have been



initiated, expanded, and/or improved.  The target population of



many of these other coverage improvements overlaps with that of the



Nonhousehold Sources Record Check; that is, a person missed in the



early phase of enumeration may be added to the count from any of a



number of coverage checks.  Therefore, it has been determined that



the Nonhousehold Sources Program will have the greatest payoff, in



terms of coverage improvement, by checking a great number of cases



under relatively liberal criteria than by checking for fewer cases



under strict or conservative rules.



     The Nonhousehold Sources Program has been extensively



pretested in planning for the 1980 census.  Procedures evolved



beginning with the Travis County, Texas census test in April 1976;



going to the Camden, New Jersey pretest in September 1976;



continuing with the Oakland, California pretest in April 1977; and



finally in the Dress Rehearsals (Richmond, Virginia, April 1978;



and Lower Manhattan, New York, September 1978)..1  As of this



writing, only the Travis and Camden results have been analyzed in



detail.  In Travis, 7.5 percent of the persons from the record



lists could have been added to the census, but a mechanism to



actually change the counts was not yet developed.  The equivalent



number for Camden was 6.3 percent of the lists.  In Camden, the



missed persons were actually added to the census counts.  The



"yield" of the Nonhousehold Sources Program was even higher, as a



number of persons were added as a result of the roster check at



follow-up households.  In Travis, an additional 3.3 percent, on the



base of the number of persons record checked, was added through the



roster check giving a total of "yield" of 10.8 percent of the list. 



In &;Zen, an additional 2.5 percent of the list was added, giving a



total "yield" of 8.8 percent.  Results for the other tests will be



forthcoming.



     Based on data available to date, the results of the program



with respect to coverage improvement were sufficiently encouraging



so as to lead to the inclusion of the program in the 1980 census. 



In 1980, plans are to record check 7,000,000 names and addresses of



persons in urban areas of minority concentration.  The independent



record sources will be lists of holders of drivers licenses,



supplied by the various States; and lists of persons from selected



countries of origin and registering as resident aliens in January



1979, supplied by the Immigration and Naturalization Service. 



Drivers license lists are a desirable nonhousehold source bemuse:



(1) they are public records and therefore are fairly readily



obtained from the States.2; (2) they are universally computerized,



and thus facilitate mass processing; and (3) name and address



information is relatively recent--only licenses with reported



addresses less than two years old are used.  In addition to drivers



licenses, a smaller number of cases will come from the registered



alien lists, which have the same advantages as license lists.  The



INS lists were first used in the Oakland, California census



pretest; although definitive results are not yet available from



Oakland, preliminary counts indicate the yield from the INS list



was similar to that from drivers licenses.  The INS lists contain



not only the same name, address, and demographic data as the



license lists, but also supply "country of origin" so that



appropriate race/ethnicity screening can be done.



 



2.   Results from the Travis County, Texas and Camden, New Jersey



     Pretests



 



     The reminder of this report will concentrate on the matching



phase of the Nonhousehold Sources record check, as studied using



the results of the Travis County.  Texas and Camden, New Jersey



census pretests.



     For the Travis County pretest, a total of 3,002 names and



addresses went through the entire record check procedure.  Of



these, 2,342 cases were from drivers licenses.  For cost purposes,



the Travis driven license cases were confined to males, aged 17-35,



in two Zip code areas of Austin City identified as having high



minority populations.  The additional 660 names and addresses were



supplied by local community organizations.  These encompassed both



sexes, a larger age range, and more geography.  The names and



addresses were transcribed to the control section of an office



worksheet, to be used later in geocoding, matching and recording



follow-up results.



     In the Travis local census office, the addresses were assigned



census geographic codes (geocodes). this was done successfully for



2,910 of the original 3,002 records.  Once a geocode was assigned,



the worksheets were matched to the master address listings for the



a geography.  A serial number identifying the address was located



and the census questionnaire for that serial number was obtained. 



The name from the record source was matched to the household roster



on the questionnaire to determine if the person had already



definitely been enumerated, or if further follow-up efforts were



necessary.



     The address and name matching rules used in both Travis and



Camden can be found in the Appendix (section



___________________________



 



     .1Actually. the first attempt at a large-scale Nonhousehold



Sources Record Check was in the context of a special census



conducted in Pima County.  Arizona. in 1975.  However, because the



procedures used varied considerably from those in the pretests and



the census, the results of that check will not be discussed here.



     .2In developing the 1980 program, some States have cited



Privacy Act restrictions in denying records to the Bureau. 



However, in further discussions, this limitation is found not to



apply since the records are treated in accordance with Title 13



when in the Census Bureau's possession.



 



                                

7).  For Travis, in the match between the geocoded addresses and



census records, 2,719 or 93.4% of the initial 2,910 geocoded



addresses were successfully matched; 86 or 3% were called possible



matches; and 105 or 3.6% were nonmatches.  The possible matches



were eligible to go through the name match and further follow-up



efforts; nothing further could feasibly be done with no matches.



     In the match between the 2.805 names on address matched or



possibly matched records and the census questionnaire rosters,



1,378, or 49%, were classified as name matches. 159, or 6% were



possible matches; and 1,268, or 45%, were nonmatches.  The possible



name matches and nonmatches were sent for telephone and, if neces-



sary, personal visit follow-up to obtain further information.  As a



result of these follow-ups, 207 of the 1,427 unmatched persons were



determined definitely to have been missed; 154 were out-of-scope



(deceased, moved from test area, etc.); and, for 1,046 persons,



enumeration status could not be determined.



     For the Camden Nonhousehold Sources Program, as in all later



efforts including the census, the geocoding of addresses from the



drivers license lists was done by computer (the 275 in-scope names



on local lists were hand geocoded).  In order to answer questions



regarding yield rates for different demographic groups, the



nonhousehold sources sample was allocated such that all adult



persons, male and female, were represented, although the emphasis



was still on younger males.  After geocoding the license lists



supplied by New Jersey, a total of 19,840 records remained, from



which a stratified sample of cases was selected.  A small



unstratified sample of addresses not geocoded by computer was also



included.  In all, a total of 6,099 cases were processed through



the Nonhousehold Sources Program in Camden.  The names, addresses,



and geocodes were printed on record search forms and sent to the



local office to be matched to the census roles.



     As in Travis, the clerical match was performed in two steps:



first on address, and where that was successful, on name.  For



address matching, note that the categories of address matching had



been expanded.  This change came about because of two problem



situations noted in Travis.  When the record address was matched to



a unit which was "vacant" or "deleted" on the census list, there



was no place on the Travis form to indicate the situation.  In such



cases there is no reason to go to the census questionnaire to



attempt a name match.  Therefore, it was decided that such cases



would be noted and set aside, the assumption is made that other



census operations would add the household members to the address,



if appropriate.  The second problem arose when the basic address on



the nonhousehold source record matched to a basic address for a



multiunit structure in the census, but the independent source gave



no apartment designation.  When this happened, it was not possible



to readily identify the serial number of the appropriate census



questionnaire for the name match.  In Travis, this was handled by



searching all the questionnaires for the basic address; in Camden,



the category "multi-unit structure" was added to allow the matchers



to indicate when this was done.



     The result of the Camden nonhousehold sources



 



                                72



 



 



 



 



 



address match showed 5,763, or 94.5 percent, of the 6,099 cases



were matches; 360 of these matched to a vacant or deleted unit. 



There were 18 (0.3% of 6,099) possible matches and 224 (3.7% of



6,099) addresses that matched to multi-units with no apartment



designation.  Only 94 cases were non-matches.  Those 5,645 cases



which were not classified as address nonmatches of matched to



vacant or deleted units went on to the name match.



     The Camden name match categories were also expanded with the



addition of the "Unable to Locate Questionnaire" classification. 



The nonmatches were postcensally classified to separate the cases



where the name could not be matched because the household was a



refusal in the enumeration, from cases where the person was just



not matched to an existing roster.  The results of the Camden name



match were as follows:



 





     It can be seen that 2,574, or 45.6 percent of the names



matched initially  a result almost identical to Travis.  In Camden,



however, it was possible to examine the match rates by the three



demographic groups shown above as represented in drivers licenses. 



It can be seen that females matched at a higher rate than males,



and that males 25-44 matched at a much lower rate than the other



males in the sample.



     Postcensally, a more thorough review of the matching operation



was carried out.  Of the 227 "Possible Matches' " 154, or 67.8



percent of the person were eventually verified enumerated, 61, or



26.9 percent were undetermined, and 12 persons (5.3 percent) were



added to the census.  This distribution supplies much of the



argument for the eventual elimination of the "Possible Match"



category.  Another postcensal study looked at the consistency of



drivers license records with census data, and the accuracy the



initial name matching operation.  The name matching criteria used



in the initial office matching operation did not require an



examination of the answers to the census age or sex questions to



establish a "Match."  To evaluate the consistency between the age



and sex of nonhousehold sources cases that were classified as a



harm "Match" and the corresponding age reported to the Census



Bureau, the census questionnaires for 2,338 cases classified as a



name "Match" in Camden were reexamined.  It was first determined



if, in fact, the cases were a name "Match" according to the Camden



matching criteria.  Of the 2,338 cases studied, 22 (0.9 percent)



had erroneously been classified as matches in Camden.  There were



42 cases which had erroneously been called "Nonmatches," for a



gross error or total of 64 (2.7 percent of the total number of



cases studied plus erroneous nonmatches).  This result indicated



that, even though the matching clerks had minimal training and



supervision, the matching rules were applied relatively well.



     A comparison was the made for "sex" as reported from drivers



licenses and the Census for the 2,316 names correctly matched in



Camden.  Of these, sex differed on the two sources in 15 cases. 



This error could have come from misreporting or misallocation on



either source.



     Age was then compared on the two sources for the 2,301 cases



found to be name matches of the same sex.  The following table



displays the result of this match:



 



                                73



 



     The above table presents a cross tabulation of age reported on



the drivers licenses and that on the Census questionnaire.  Along



with row and column distributions, diagonal totals are presented



and summarized.  The amount of agreement noted is evidence of the



quality of age reporting on drivers licenses, as well as the



accuracy of the matching operation.  Within the age ranges tabu-



lated, 93 percent of the cases fall on the diagonal and an



additional 3 percent fall within one cell.  For the off-diagonal



cases, we suspect a large number of there arise because a parent's



name was matched to a child's, or vice versa.  For program



purposes, these imperfections are acceptable.  It would not be



worth additional time, training, and follow-up effort to resolve



such discrepancies.  The result of not reconciling these



differences is that a minute amount of coverage improvement may not



be realized, but the cost of reconciliation would be prohibitive.



 



3.   Plans for the 1980 Census Nonhousehold Sources Program



 



     In the Oakland pretest and the Dress Rehearsals, further



modifications were introduced into the nonhousehold sources



matching records.  The procedures and forms for the 1980



Nonhousehold Sources Program have evolved on the basis of these



pretest and dress rehearsal experiences.  The section for recording



match results has been expanded to cover all relevant situations,



and procedures for how to handle each case appear appropriately



(see Section B):



     The basic matching instructions have been modified somewhat



from the pretests.  The "Possible Match" category has been dropped. 



This was done because relatively few cases were categorized this



way in the pretests; more importantly, however, "Possible Matches"



would be treated, at each point, just like matches.  Also, to



handle the problem of no apartment designation appearing on the



record source when the census shows a multi-unit structure, a



distinction is made which depends on the size of the structure. 



For basic addresses with ten or more units, nothing further is



done.  For those with fewer than ten units, an attempt is made to



identify the correct unit by matching the surname to the census. 



This is done to keep the operation workable and to keep the



matching clerks



 



                                75



 



honest.  However, if the person is not found, no follow-up is



possible without a specific unit to call or visit.



 



4.   Summary and Future Considerations



 



     In summary, it is felt that the match of administrative



("Nonhousehold") records and the census is sufficiently accurate to



meet the aim of cost-effective coverage improvement.  Perfection in



procedures and accuracy in the independent record source have been



shown unnecessary in generating a highly acceptable yield from the



processes involved.  Perhaps the most disturbing aspect of the



results of the program is the large number of "undetermined status"



cases which have consistently arisen in pretests.  Given that the



matching procedure itself is accurate to the degree it was in



Camden, the fact that enumeration status is never determined for at



least one-fifth of the records checked must be a function of



procedures other than the clerical match.  It is probably a



function of incorrect addresses reported to the Department of Motor



Vehicles; the inability to conduct a follow-up interview in the



census; the mobility of the population; an unwillingness of the



target person to be interviewed; and other factors.  The degree to



which each of these factors contribute to the "undetermined's" is a



subject for further research.



     One last word regarding the choice of administrative lists to



use in the Nonhousehold Sources Program might be appropriate.  The



previously discussed requirements--currency, availability,



computerization, presence of minimal data--are met by drivers



license and INS records.  The experience of using locally-supplied



lists in



 



                                76



 



 



 



 



 



Travis and Camden showed there to be costly to use on a large scale



basis and, more importantly, less effective in terms of percentage



yield than drivers licenses.  It has often been suggested that some



form of Public Assistance lists be used, as these might be fruitful



to enumerate the types of persons likely to be missed.  In fact,



for the final Dress Rehearsal in Lower Manhattan, a welfare file



(comprised of recipients of AFDC, General Public Assistance, and



Medicare) supplied by the city was used.  The results of its use,



when available, will indicate whether this list may give a higher



yield rate.  However, such lists may be very difficult to procure,



particularly when they are controlled at local rather than State



levels.  They are also protected to a great extent by privacy laws



and provisions; for instance, the Department of Agriculture has



denied access to Food Stamp Roles.  However, in spite of the



decision to use drivers license and alien lists in the 1980 census,



the issue of which administrative record sources to use is not



closed.  It is expected that efforts to improve the Nonhousehold



Sources Program will continue into and beyond the 1980 census, and



the investigation of other list sources will undoubtedly be a part



of them.



 



5.   Sources of Further Information



 



     Further information regarding the Nonhousehold Sources Program



is available as methodological research documentation at the Bureau



of the Census.  After the 1970 census, a small scale evaluation



study of the use of drivers licenses as an administrative record



source was performed in Washington, D.C. The results of this study



are described in the 1970 Census Preliminary Results Memoranda



Series. [1]



     Original interest in this program, and preliminary recom-



mendations for implementation, may be found in the memorandum



series of the Task Force on Coverage Improvement Procedures, active



after the 1970 census. [2]  Credit for the original tabulation and



analysis of results for the Travis and Camden Nonhousehold Sources



Program is given to John Thompson, Statistical Methods Division. 



Further discussion of the Travis and Camden programs can be found



in three memoranda by that author. [3], [4], [5].



     A comprehensive summary of these results can be found in a



paper entitled, "The Nonhousehold Sources Coverage Improvement



Program, " presented by Thompson at the American Statistical



Association Annual Meetings, August 1978. [6]



     The extensive computer programming efforts for the



Nonhousehold Sources Program have been carried out under the



direction of Roger Lepage, Decennial Census Division.  Information



on processing the drivers license and INS lists, including the



geocoding match, may be obtained from Lepage.



     An overview of 1980 census coverage improvement efforts,



including the Nonhousehold Sources Program, may be found in a



paper, "Plans for Coverage Improvement in the 1980 Census," by



Peter Bounpane and Clifton Jordan, presented at the American



Statistical Association Annual Meetings.  August 1978. [7]



 



     For more information on the Nonhousehold Sources Program,



contact:



     Susan Miskura



     Statistical Methods Division



     Bureau of the Census



     Washington, DC 20233



 



6.   References



 



     Copies of all documents cited below may be obtained from the



Research Documentation Repository, Statistical Research Division,



U.S. Bureau of the Census.



 



[1]  Novoa, Ralph (1971), "Preliminary Evaluation Results



     Memorandum of the 1970 Census.  No. 21.  Subject: Listing



     Census Coverage through Drivers Licenses (E22-No. 3)," October



     21, 1971.



[2]  Marks, Eli S., Jones, Charles D., Cullimore.  Stanley O., and



     Foster, Barbara (1974), "Memorandum for the Task Force on



     Coverage Improvement Procedures, Subject: Proposal for Use of



     Nonhousehold Sources for Coverage Improvement," October 18,



     1974.



[3]  Thompson, John H. (1977), " 1967 Census of Travis County



     Results Memorandum No. 34.  Subject: Travis County



     Nonhousehold Sources Program. December 8, 1977.



[4]  ______ (1977), "1967 Census of Camden.  New Jersey Results



     Memorandum No. 15, Subject: Primary Results of the Camden



     Nonhousehold Sources Coverage Improvement Program," October



     28, 1977.



[5]  ______ (1978 ), 1976 Census of Camden.  New Jersey Results



     Memorandum No. 24.  Subject: Additional Results of the Camden



     Nonhousehold Sources Coverage Improvement Program." October



     25, 1978.



[6]  _______ (1978), "The Nonhousehold Sources Coverage Improvement



     Program," 1978 Proceedings of the Social Statistics Section,



     American Statistical Association, 1978, 435-440.



[7]  Bounpane, Peter A., and Jordan, Clifton (1978).  "Plans for



     Coverage Improvement in the 1980 Census, " 1978 Proceedings of



     the Social Statistics Section.  American Statistical



     Association. 1978. 12-20.



 



                                77



 



 



 



 



7.   Appendix.  Matching Instructions



 



1.   Address Match Terms



     A.   An address is considered matched under the following   



          conditions:



          1.   The identical street name, house number, apartment



               number (if any), State and Zip code appear in the



               register, or the house numbers are the same and the



               street names have only minor spelling variations. 



               For example.  "Freeman St." vs.  "Freemen St."



          2.   The identical Post Office lockbox number, State and



               Zip code appear in the register.



     B.   An address is considered possibly matched under the



          following conditions:



          1.   The house numbers and street names appear to be the



               same, but the street types are different.  For



               example, the word "Street" in one source and the



               word "Avenue" in the other source.  This includes



               variations,between "Road," "Court," "Circle," etc.,



               as well as a street type in one source but not in



               the other.



          2.   The house numbers and street names appear to be the



               same but the compass point is present on one source



               and absent in the other.  For example.  "301 Main



               St." vs.  "301 N. Main St"' This DOES NOT include



               contradictory compass points such as "E.  Oak" vs. 



               "W.  Oak".



          3.   The house number and street name were matched or



               possibly matched but the identical apartment number,



               letter, or location description is not found.



          4 .  The house numbers appear to be the same but digits



               may have been transposed in the register.  For



               example, you are searching for the number "382" and



               do not find that number in the register, but find



               instead



                    "380 Elm Ct."



                    "328 Elm Ct."



                    "384 Elm Ct."



                    "386 Elm Ct."



               Note that the sequence of listings provides evidence



               of transposition.



 



     C.   An address that is neither matched nor possibly matched



          is considered a nonmatch.



 



 



II.  Name Match Terms



     A.   A name is considered matched when both a given and



          surname are shown in each source and one of the following



          conditions exist:



          1.   The names shown in both sources are identical.



          2.   The names are pronounced the same but are spelled



               differently.  For example, "William A. Ralph" vs. 



               "William A. Ralf".



          3 .  An abbreviated name is provided on one source and is



               noncontradictory to the name provided from the other



               source.  For example, "Jim E. Johnson" vs.  "James



               E. Johnson".



     B.   A name is considered possibly matched when one of the



          following conditions exists:



          1.   Only surname is given in one source and that surname



               is identical to the surname in the other source. 



               Slight differences may exist as long as they may be



               attributable to errors in spelling or handwriting.



          2.   Surname and one or more initials, but no given names



               appear in one source and that surname is identical



               to the surname in the other source and the



               initial(s) are noncontradictory.  Slight differences



               may exist as long as they may be attributable to



               errors in spelling or handwriting.



     C.   A name is said to be a nonmatch if it is not one of the



          above.



 



 



                      F. Concluding Comments



 



     The case studies presented illustrate the actual and potential



benefits and difficulties involved in ca trying out studies using



matching of administrative records to obtain statistical data.  We



will highlight some of the main issues raised by these studies.



     1.  The case study on the Linked Administrative Statistical



Sample (LASS) project is intended to illustrate some of the main



concerns being addressed in order to determine the feasibility of



developing integrated sa triples from several administrative record



systems.  In LASS, the main use of sampling from administrative



records will be to create an improved database for industrial and



occupational mortality research.  There are at least three major



issues which will have to be resolved before this objective is



accomplished:



     1.   access restrictions and disclosure issues,



 



                                78



 



 



 



 



 



     2.   potential incompatibilities among the systems being



          linked, and ,



     3.   problems of data quality.



     The suitability of an upgraded CWHS for studying industrial



and occupational mortality depends, in part, on the results of



efforts to:



     1.   Add cause of death and other death certificate



          information to the CWHS. (It is not known yet if SSA



          information for decedents on name, social security



          number, race, sex, date of birth and date of death is



          sufficient for the States to attempt a search for the



          death certificate.)



     2.   Create detailed occupation codes from the occupation



          entry on individual tax returns and SSA industry



          information. (The usability of the occupational entry is



          being assessed given the lack of taxpayer instructions



          for reporting occupation.)



     3.   Upgrade the CWHS data on industry and place of work.



          (Data quality problems exist partly because of the



          voluntary nature of the SSA establishment reporting



          system.  Other data quality problems are being



          encountered in the changeover to annual wage reporting.)



     Access questions, though, are among the most important issues



that have to be addressed before the Continuous Work History Sample



can be used to its fullest potential for mortality research.There



are at present many restrictions imposed on data access by laws



such as the Privacy and Freedom of Information Acts as well as the



statutes and regulations of each of the participating agencies. 



Interagency data sharing is very limited, as a result.  If Social



Security is to proceed with the numerous activities planned for



upgrading the Continuous Work History Sample, many confidentiality



restrictions will have to be overcome.  Legislative initiatives to



resolve problems of making information available for statistical



linkage (i.e., tax return data) and Presidential proposals aimed at



providing government-wide legislation for protection of statistical



and research data offer possible solutions.



     2.  The Use of Administrative Records in the Survey of Income



and Program Participation describes the difficulties encountered in



using administrative records as sampling frames in three



experimental field activities prior to the ongoing SIPP.  Three



major problems have arisen in the SIPP development work.  First,



locating sample cases in the field has been more difficult than



initially anticipated.  The source, of this difficulty stems from



several causes: (1) inadequate or inaccurate addresses, (2) recent



moves by program participants, and (3) a minimum delay of several



months from sample selection to interview date.  Field procedures



have been adopted to help minimize the problem.  These procedures



seem to have improved the interviewers ability to locate the sample



person; however, a further analysis of the procedures' impacts



would be useful.



     Unlike the first problem which became apparent in the survey



field operations, the two remaining problems were first observed



while investigating potential administrative record systems for the



SIPP.  Thus, the second problem concerns finding administrative



record systems which are national in scope and relevant for the



study of current policy issues.  Few systems of interest for



sampling maintain records at the national level.  Systems available



only at the State or local level would substantially increase the



sampling and data access problems of the ongoing survey.



     Finally, the third problem concerns the identification of



sampling units with a known probability of selection.  This arises



when the survey unit does not coincide with the administrative data



units.  Some modification of the sampling frame is necessary to



ensure a well-defined probability of selection.



     In the developmental program, the main use of sampling from



administrative records in the SIPP has been for validation studies



and response error analyses conducted by comparing survey data with



administrative data.  In the future, however, the main uses of



administrative records systems will be for improving estimates for



particular segments of the population through multiple frame



weighting and/or for augmenting the survey data base with data



which is difficult to collect, such as work history or earnings



history data.  Ultimately, data from administrative records may, be



used to adjust individual survey data or to develop control totals



for adjusting aggregate estimates of recipiency of particular



income types and participation programs.



     3.  The case study on Use of IRS/SSA/HCFA Administrative Files



for 1980 Census Coverage Evaluation serves to illustrate the



difficulties of matching when different units are being linked and



the identifiers differ.  The CPS identifies households by address



and includes SSN for household members; the 1980 Census also



identifies households by address, but does not include the indi-



vidual's SSN; the IRS/SSA/HCFA administrative record files list



persons with the SSN as an identifier.  Matching of the CPS records



and the Census records is based on the geographic location of the



household units; after a potential matched household was identified



based on the address, the characteristics used for matching



individuals were name. relationship, sex, age, date of birth and



race.  For the match of CPS records with IRS/SSA/HCFA admi-



nistrative records the main identifier used for matching



individuals was the SSN; if a match could not be established on the



basis of the SSN, then other identifiers were used, such as date of



birth and last, first and middle name.  The research study



conducted using the February 1978 CPS match to IRS records showed



that a valid SSN was



 



                                79



 



 



 



 



 



maintained for about 10 percent of the individuals' CPS records.



     The main use of the 1980 coverage estimates is to estimate the



undercount of the official Census estimates that are published in



January 1, 1981.  The estimates of 1980 coverage of population in



the 1980 Census at the State, Substate level. and for selected



subgroups would not be available at the same time as the Decennial



Population counts were released: when they become available they



could be of crucial importance in the distribution of billions of



dollar of Federal money based on population data (e.g. in programs



such as General Revenue Sharing and various grant-in-aid programs). 



Another important use of the estimates could be in the program to



develop intercensal population estimates.



     4.  Record Linkage in the Nonhousehold Sources Program was



developed through a series of pretests for the 1980 Census of



population.  This program is a good illustration of the need to



modify matching procedures over time after problem areas have been



identified.  These modifications will enhance the efficiency of



this program in the 1980 Census.



     To choose only administrative record lists with highest



quality was an important decision in this program; the quality of



the list influences to a great degree the proportion of matches



which can be achieved.  Locally supplied lists are of uncertain



quality, difficult to use because they are not computerized. and



overall were not as efficient as Drivers' License lists available



from the States.  In the final 1980 Census operation only cases.



with geocodable addresses went through the clerical name matching



operation.  About 8,000,000 names will be matched in this operation



in areas selected for their high concentration of minority



population.  Because of the magnitude of this project. the list of



households to undergo the clerical name matching was created by



computer based address matching.  Inaccuracy in name matching



(i.e.. false nonmatches) leads to further field follow-up. which



increases cost and time.  However, because the match is to augment



the Census rather than to make statistical estimates. degree of



matching uncertainty is acceptable.



     The Nonhousehold Sources Program is one of several coverage



improvement program for the 1980 Census; therefore, it need not



yield "perfect" results.  It is only required to be a cost-



effective operation to improve the coverage of the Census.



 



                                80



 



 



 



 



 



                                                        CHAPTER VII



 



               Technical Problems in the Statistical



                   Use of Administrative Records



 



     Previous chapters have discussed the importance of



administrative records for such uses as the generation of current



statistics for small geographic areas.  There are a number of



technical problems which have been encountered with past and



current uses that must be resolved if the statistical potential of



administrative records is to be realized.



     The technical problems are similar to those encountered in the



use of census and survey records.  With each administrative record



set to be used, the statistician must ask: Who is reported? (is the



appropriate population of persons. organizations, etc., fully



covered in the record set?); What is reported? (Is it appropriate



for the intended statistical use?); How is it reported and



processed? (Is the information accurate?); When is it reported and



processed? (is the information timely?).  The unique aspect of



administrative record uses is that the questions are asked after



the record collection has already taken place.



     Administrative record sets are often not designed for



statistical purposes.  They may not cover the entire population of



interest, they may contain administratively convenient concepts and



definitions that are not appropriate to the statistical use, there



may be lack of adequate control over the accuracy of key



information, and it may be difficult to access the records in a



timely fashion.  Some of these problems are inherent in the nature



of data processing in general (such as keypunching errors), but



most can. with greater attention and planning, be resolved. in fad,



a resolution of technical problems preventing effective use of



administrative records for statistical purposes can, in many



instances, improve administrative efficiency as well as produce



better statistics.  This is particularly true when technical



problems impeding statistical use of records arise because of



duplicative and inconsistent reporting requirements associated with



different administrative programs dealing with overlapping



populations.  The political barriers to improved coordination among



administrative programs, and between statistical and administrative



programs, may not be easy to remove; but, in a number of areas,



improved coordination offers the potential for higher quality data,



more efficient administration, and reduced reporting burdens for



individuals and organizations.



     This chapter will illustrate common technical problems that



arise in making statistical use of administrative records by using



the Social Security Administration's Continuous Work History Sample



and related administrative record files as the principal examples. 



The CWHS has the advantage of making extensive use of



administrative files containing both individual and organizational



records; and it also has been used in a number of recent tests



designed to assess the quality of administrative records for



statistical applications. (See Chapter III for a detailed



description of CWHS data programs.) The remainder of the chapter is



organized into four main sections dealing with problems relating



to: (1) incomplete coverage of administrative record sets; (2) lack



of comparability among record sets; (3) reporting and processing



errors: and (4) questions of data timing.  A summary of problems



and potential for improvement concludes the chapter.



 



 



                            A. Coverage



 



     Information for nearly all employed persons is contained in



one or more of the administrative record systems currently in



existence, either because they have accrued income subject to



taxation or are eligible for benefits under one or more Federal



programs.  There is not. however, a single record system containing



information for the entire U.S. population.  The statistician often



must deal, therefore. with differences between the population of



interest for the statistical purpose and the population covered by



the record system.  Such "coverage gaps" sometimes are difficult



and costly to correct (although not nearly as costly as sample



surveys to collect comparable information at detailed geographic



levels.).



     Most administrative record files contain information for



specific groups such as persons receiving public assistance



payments under a particular program.  There are, however, at least



three major record systems which cover large segments of the



population: Internal Revenue Service records from income tax



returns; Social Security



 



                                81



 



 



 



 



 



Administration records; and records collected by State agencies for



unemployment insurance purposes.  Each of these record systems has



complex coverage limitations defined in terms of groups



specifically excluded from mandatory participation in the



administrative program.



     Annual employee-employer CWHS files have been assembled



principally from three major SSA administrative files--(1) a file



of personal characteristics, which contains information on sex,



race, and date of birth taken from applications for social security



numbers; (2) an employer file which contains industry and



geographic codes for employer reporting units, taken from applica-



tions for employer identification numbers and related supplemental



informational forms; and (3) a wage item record file which contains



worker wage information taken from regular employer reports of



individual wages subject to the social security payroll tax  The



personal characteristics file covers all individuals with social



security numbers, the employer file covers all employers with em-



ployees subject to the social security payroll tax, and the wage



item record file covers all individual wage and salary jobs subject



to the payroll tax.



     The personal characteristics file covers nearly all adult



Americans, but information on earnings and location and industry of



employment is available for individuals only for periods in which



they work in social security-covered jobs.  Nonworkers and those



working only in noncovered jobs do not appear in the annual



employee-employer CWHS file.  The largest groups of noncovered jobs



include Federal civil service and railroad jobs-which are excluded



because of coverage by alternative pension plans-and jobs in those



State and local government and nonprofit organizations that have



not chosen to take the optional coverage available to such



organizations.  Most self-employed workers are covered by social



security and a file of self-employment records can be merged with



the employee-employer file.



     The significance of the coverage limitations of the CWHS



depends on the desired applications of the data.  Since the



employee-employer CWHS provides information only for covered



workers. contains only covered wage income. and provides no



measures of family status or family income, it would be a seriously



deficient data base for analyzing the overall economic welfare of



particular demographic groups.



     The CWHS files have been used to develop statistics on



regional workforce characteristics and inter-regional migration. 



One of the results of the coverage exclusions is that persons who



move between covered and uncovered employment appear as contracts



to or dropouts from the workforce, thus overstating both of these



categories and understating true migration.  Another effect is that



because of workforce composition, coverage will tend to vary from



region to region.  Workforce estimates for an area like Washington,



D.C., with a larger concentration of noncovered Federal workers.



are therefore deficient.  Similarly, workforce and migration



estimates for areas with high concentrations of noncovered State or



local government employees are adversely affected.



     One approach to resolving "coverage gaps" is to merge micro



records from different administrative record systems.  There have,



for example, been test efforts to merge Federal civil service



employment records and Railroad Retirement Board records with the



CWHS.  These efforts were complicated, however, by noncomparabili-



ties between the files in records relating to such important



information as wages and salaries (the CWHS shows covered wages



received, while civil service records indicate only grade level and



rate of pay).  Greater coordination of recordkeeping procedures



among administrative agencies would facilitate data mergers.  The



Civil Service Commission, for example, is considering statistical



applications in its design of a new information system and



consequently may include payroll as well as personnel information



in the records.



     Matches of different administrative record sets for sta-



tistical purposes would help to overcome coverage problems and



greatly improve the usefulness of data sets.  As has been indicated



in Chapter VI. however, both technical problems and problems of



access can prom serious barriers to successful statistical projects



to link records from programs under different administrative



jurisdictions.  The linkage barriers are particularly serious in



such cases as State-administered welfare programs. where there may



be significant State-to-State variations in recordkeeping practices



and access restrictions.



     The most promising route to more complete employment coverage



in the CWHS is related to the recent shift to a joint SSA-IRS



program to collect a single annual report on individual wages in



place of the current annual IRS report (form W-2) and four



quarterly SSA reports.  This coordinated record collection program



ism Chapter V for a detailed discussion) is designed primarily to



reduce the reporting and paperwork burden for employers and to



improve administrative efficiency. but it potentially makes



available for the CWHS a virtually complete set of annual reports



for all wage and salary jobs.



     In general, greater coordination among administrative agencies



in record collection and processing should not only reduce



paperwork burdens, but should also make administrative records more



suitable and cam" to use for statistical purposes.  The Commission



on Federal Paperwork (1977), which initially recommended



coordinated annual wage reporting to IRS and SSA. has, for example,



also recommended greater interagency coordination of record



collection for welfare benefit programs.  If im-



 



                                82



 



 



 



 



 



plemented, their program (Single Application for Verification of



Eligibility or SAVE) could potentially make it much easier, from a



technical point of view, to merge welfare records with other



records such as those in SSA and IRS files, in order to obtain a



reasonably comprehensive statistical picture of individual and



family income from administrative records.  In order to insure that



administrative recordkeeping changes reduce rather than increase



noncomparabilities among record sets and do not add to other



technical problems impeding statistical use of administrative



records, however, there must be effective coordination between



statistical and administrative agencies as well as coordination



among administrative agencies.  The next section discusses data



comparability and quality problems arising from imperfectly



coordinated programs for establishment reporting of employment and



payrolls in administrative and statistical systems.



 



 



                         B. Comparability



 



     The statistician is often faced with the problem of adapting



administrative record concepts and definitions to statistical



needs.  Not only do administrative concepts frequently differ from



statistical concepts, but they can also differ among administrative



record systems.  One consequence of these differences is that



measurement of the same phenomena (employment by industry, for



example) will yield different results from the different adminis-



trative record systems.  Reconciliation of the differences (and



consequently an assessment of accuracy) is extremely difficult and



complex.  Another factor is that concepts are often interpreted and



implemented differently by the various reporting entities in the



same record system.



     One of the primary uses of administrative records, as noted



earlier, is the production of statistics for subnational areas.  An



important conceptual problem in the use of such statistics is that



some record systems measure economic activity at the individual's



place of work whereas other systems measure activity at the



individual's place of residence.  Social security and unemployment



insurance data, since they are based on employer reports, reflect



place of work.  Decennial census and IRS (1040) data generally



reflect place of residence.



     To illustrate the effects of data comparability problems that



arise in using administrative records to develop employment



estimates, Table VII.1 compares first quarter 1970 CWHS employment



estimates from the 1970 census.  Also compared for the Nation and



New York State are first quarter CWHS employment estimates for 1971



and 1975 with employment estimates based on unemployment insurance



records and employment estimates from the Census Bureau's County



Business Patterns program.



     The CWHS and decennial census estimates have a number of



noncomparabilities.  The census is by place of residence, whereas



the CWHS is by place of work.  The census estimates are based on



questions regarding the person's employment during the week prior



to the census while the CWHS counts persons with covered employment



at any time during the first quarter.  The census estimates include



self-employed persons while the CWHS estimates include only covered



wage and salary workers.



     The 1971 CBP data are derived primarily from social security



records, and thus should cover essentially the same workers as the



CWHS.  There are, however, some important differences between the



two series.  The CWHS employment estimates have been tabulated from



a 1 percent sample of records for individual workers and represents



an estimate of workers in covered employment at any time during the



first quarter of 1971, classified on the basis of the location and



industry of their major job during the period.  The CBP estimates,



by contrast, represent a count of jobs filled during a single (mid-



March) pay period derived from employer reports of aggregate em-



ployment submitted along with quarterly payments of social security



payroll taxes.  The CBP estimates moreover are based on regular SIC



industry coding conventions and omit the government SIC category



(because of incomplete coverage), while the CWHS estimates include



government workers coded to nongovernment SIC categories whenever



the government reporting unit is engaged in activities for which



there are corresponding private SIC categories (e.g., school



district employees would be coded into the educational services



industry).



     An additional important difference between CWHS and CBP



employment estimates arises because of Census Bureau supplementary



efforts to obtain more complete and reliable industrial and



geographic detail that can be derived from basic reports to SSA. 



Industrial and geographic breakdowns of employment by



multiestablishment employers are supplied to SSA on a voluntary



basis, and Census has long had its own program to collect



geographic and industrial employment data from large



multiestablishment employers that have not voluntarily supplied the



information to SSA.  The supplemental information supplied to



Census is incorporated into CBP's estimates, but it does not



contain individual worker records and cannot be incorporated



directly into the CWHS.  Therefore, the CWHS contains some



geographic and industry distortion because of incomplete



establishment reporting.



     CBP data for the years 1974 and later are based on SSA data



for single establishment employers only.  Data for



multiestablishment employers are obtained from the Census Bureau's



Annual Organizational Survey which is used both for data collection



purposes and to update the Standard Statistical Establishment List 



(see Chapter V for a detailed discussion of the SSEL program).



     The UI data in Table VII.1, like the CBP data, represent a



count of total jobs held at reporting establishments during a



single mid-March pay period.  The establishment concept used in the



UI system is generally consistent with that used by SSA (industry-



county combinations), but it is an independent reporting system



with different establishment numbering and some differences from



State-to-State in reporting requirements and processing procedures. 



The worker coverage provisions of the UI system, moreover, also



differ somewhat from State-to-State and likewise differ somewhat



from social security coverage.  In 1971 and earlier years, in



particular, a number of States exempted many small employers (e.g.,



four or fewer employees) from UI coverage. (See Chapter V for a



detailed discussion of the UI program.)



     The UI estimates of employment are the lowest of the three



series for most industrial categories for 1971.  The lower UI



estimates probably reflect primarily less comprehensive UI than



social security coverage, particularly in service industries where



small employers are common.  The CWHS estimates are the largest for



most industries, in part because the CWHS covers persons working



who didn't work during the March pay period covered by the UI and



CBP data, but did work during some other part of the first quarter. 



The presence of government workers in " nongovernment" industries



also raises CWHS estimates relative to UI and CBP estimates in some



industries, particularly services.  The CWHS, as tabulated in Table



VII.1, however, counts each worker only once, whereas the UI and



CBP data count a worker once for each job he may hold during the



reference pay period.



     There is no fully satisfactory way to quantify the various



conceptual factors that contribute to differences among the



employment series in Table VII.1.  Nor can conceptual differences



always be readily distinguished from differences that may arise



from errors in reporting, coding, and processing the primary



records entering into the three systems.  While administrative



record sets have been used to produce statistical series,



confidentiality restrictions have limited attempts to use



combinations of different administrative record sets.  Matches



between micro records from different systems would help con-



siderably to quantify and resolve noncomparabilities between



series.  A match between micro records from the UI and SSA systems,



for example, could help identify inconsistencies in reporting unit



definitions as well as inconsistent geographic and industrial



coding.  A match between SSA and IRS records could provide a link



between place of work and place of residence, which would not only



alleviate the place-of-measurement problem, but would provide a



basis for construction of current  data on commuting patterns.



 



 



                C. Reporting and Processing Errors



 



     Administrative agencies make great efforts to ensure the



accuracy of information needed to administer their programs (net



income reported to IRS or taxable wages reported to SSA, for



example).  Other information, important to statistical uses of the



records, but only marginally applicable to administrative purposes



(such as geographic and industrial information reported to SSA) are



often imperfectly reported, checked, and processed.



     An illustration of this problem can again be drawn from the



CWHS.  Not all information collected by SSA from individuals and



employers is of equal importance for program administration. 



Therefore, given limited resources available for ensuring accurate



reporting and processing of information, it is logical to



concentrate the greatest resources on the most important items.  As



a result, information which may be highly important for statistical



applications, but of marginal importance for program



administration, tends to receive low priority in competition for



the resources needed to ensure timely and accurate reporting and



processing of information.  Information on the industry and



geographic location of employer establishments, in particular, has,



sufficiently little administrative importance that SSA has im-



plemented only a voluntary establishment reporting plan for



multiestablishment employers.  And voluntary establishment



reporting combined with limited resources for monitoring the



reporting and processing of establishment records has resulted in



CWHS geographic and industrial data that are frequently of



questionable accuracy.  Resources have not permitted a thorough



evaluation. of reporting and processing accuracy, but some recent



studies have suggested substantial data inaccuracies, particularly



in the geographic indicators in the CWHS that have been used to



develop work force migration and commuting estimates.  Users of the



employee-employer CWHS have noticed for some time that geographic



coding errors in the data files occasionally result in large,



spurious movements of workers between geographic locations.  More



recently, as worker home address information has been added to the



CWHS for selected years, a significant number of cases of workers



with inconsistent work and residence location codes (locations



beyond reasonable commuting range) has also been evident.  SSA has



investigated some of the more serious apparent problems and has



documented a number of types of error.  Resources have not been



available to correct individual errors on a signifi-



 



                                85



 



 



 



 



 



cant scale, or even to estimate the relative incidence of various



kinds of errors.  There have been some recent studies, however,



that provide some indication of the overall impact of geographic



errors on selected types of data.  The types of errors and overall



indicators of the extent of errors are reviewed below.



 



1.   Reporting Problems



 



     Because the SSA establishment reporting plan for multiunit



companies is voluntary, some of the problems of incomplete and



inaccurate geographic data in the CWHS result from conscious



decisions of employers not to participate in the ERP.  In general,



however, large multiunit employers make some effort to divide



employees into distinct reporting units; and when their failure to



separate worker reports geographically would result in clear data



distortions, SSA tries to provide special designations for the



workers.  The largest case of nongeographic reporting involves



members of the armed forces who are placed in a special military



category in the CWHS.  In the case of private employer



noncompliance with the ERP, SSA generally codes the workers



involved into a special "Statewide" category.



     While most multiunit employers do break their employees into



more than one reporting unit, there is increasing evidence that



many employers do not follow ERP guidelines completely in their



reports.  Again, the best evidence concerning incomplete compliance



with the ERP involves large government employers.  A few State



governments, for example, provide no reporting unit breakdowns of



State workers-generally reporting there as if they were all located



at the State capitol.  Most State governments do divide State



workers into several reporting units, but evidence suggests that in



most cases the reporting units tend to be divided along agency



rather than geographic lines-with geographic locations being.



assigned to agency-headquarters or to some other centralized



payroll accounting location.  The agency reporting unit pattern



appears also to hold for those few Federal civilian workers (e.g.,



temporary employees) subject to social security taxes. Currently,



incomplete or incorrect Federal Government compliance with the ERP



may not cause significant geographic distortion in the CWHS; but,



with the advent of annual reporting and possible full CWHS coverage



of Federal workers, the distortions could become major if ERP



reporting guidelines are not adopted by Federal agencies.



     Incomplete private compliance with the ERP is probably less



pervasive than is the case for the Federal Government and State



governments.  Nonetheless, a wide variety of problems appears in



the "establishment" reports of multiunit private employers.  A



common practice, for example, appears to be some form of regional



reporting that does not conform to county units as requested in the



ERP.  In addition, some companies appear to report part of their



workers (such as production workers) by county and other workers



(such as managerial staff) from a central location.  For the most



part, it would appear that these and other forms of chronic



incomplete or incorrect compliance with the ERP result when



employer payroll accounting procedures are not organized along



lines that permit a convenient breakdown of individual employees by



county of work, and employers supply instead those geographic or



other organizational breakdowns that are most readily available in



their payroll records.



     In addition to chronic misreporting under the ERP, there is



evidence of a variety of other temporary and continuing errors in



geographic reporting.  Employers, for example, occasionally provide



establishment reports in which groups of workers have been



interchanged or other. wise intermixed incorrectly among reporting



units.  Employers may change their reporting practices without ril-



ing appropriate updated geographic information on reporting units



to SSA.  Multiunit or. single unit employers can supply incorrect



initial information concerning geographic location (e.g., supply a



mailing address that differs from the actual county of work). 



Often, however, careful tracing of erroneous CWHS records is



necessary to deter. mine whether information has been reported



incorrectly to SSA or has been processed incorrectly at SSA.



 



2.   Processing Problems



 



     Some of the errors in the CWHS can be attributed to clerical



errors in coding and processing employer reports to SSA.  The



tracing of individual errors in the CWHS suggests several ways in



which coding and keypunching errors can affect the geographic



information in CWHS files.



     1.   The reported county of work nay be incorrectly coded. 



          Investigation of individual CWHS errors has revealed



          evidence of this.  In some cases. workers residing in a



          particular county were coded as working in a county of



          the same name in another State.  In other instances.



          workers were shown as working in another county of the



          same code in another State.  There were also incidents of



          transposition such as workers residing in county code 410



          shown as working in county 140.  There also appeared to



          be some confusion between city and county names. such as



          reporting units in Ada County, Idaho (Boise City) being



          coded to Boise County.  Idaho.



     2.   The county of work may be coded correctly, but keypunched



          incorrectly.  An example of this was discovered while



          investigating large commuting



 



                                86



 



 



 



 



 



          flows which appeared between Now York and Alaska. 



          Reporting units in New York were shown in Alaska because



          of similarities in State codes.  Albany, New York, for



          example, is code 21000, which, if mispunched one position



          to the right, becomes 02100, the code for Haines Divi-



          sion, Alaska.



     3.   The employer or reporting unit number may be mispunched. 



          If this occurs and the mispunch is to a nonexistent EI or



          unit number, the worker will be unclassified by State,



          county, and industry.  The number of unclassified workers



          in the preliminary first quarter files has risen dramati-



          cally in recent years, from 3 percent in 1971 to 7% in



          1975.  If the mispunch is to a legitimate EI or unit



          number, the workers will be coded to the wrong



          establishment and erroneous geographic and industrial



          information will likely result.



     The timing of updates is another processing problem which can



be important.  The speed with which the employer file is updated



with information on new employers and changes to established



reporting practices has a bearing on both the number of



unclassified and the number of incorrectly classified workers.  If



an employer notifies SSA of a change in reporting procedure at the



same time they file a report on the revised basis, it is possible



that the wage items from the report will be processed and matched



to the, employer file before the employer file has been updated



with the new information.



 



3.   Extent of Errors



 



     While there has been no systematic study designed to quantify



the importance of the various kinds of reporting and processing



errors in geographic coding in the CWHS, several studies designed



to develop migration and commuting data from CWHS files have



indicated that the overall incidence of errors is substantial and



may seriously impair the CWHS for use in such applications.  A



recent study comparing place-of-work codes with, place-of-residence



codes in the CWHS, for example, was particularly indicative of the



magnitude of place-of-work coding problems for large employers in



the CWHS.  This study was conducted as part of a larger SSA-BEA



effort, sponsored by the Department of Housing and Urban Develop-



ment, to prepare mid-decade commuting estimates.  A 10 percent



sample of workers from social security records was matched to an



IRS mailing address file in order to obtain information on the



workers' State and county of residence.  This work was done at the



request of the Secretary of HUD prior to the enactment of the Tax



Reform Act of 1976, and with the concurrence of the Secretaries of



Commerce and Treasury. (See Chapter VIII for a discussion of the



implications of the Tax Reform Act for interagency data linkages.)



     The worker records were summarized by employer, State, county,



and industry so that each summary record approximated an SSA



reporting unit.  Units with an estimated 60 or more covered workers



suspected of having inaccurate or incomplete county-of-work coding



were flagged on the basis of the following criteria:



     1.   50 percent or more of the establishment's workers lived



          outside the county of work.



     2.   10 percent or more of the establishment's commuters



          (county of residence and county of work differ) lived in



          a different BEA economic area.*



     Only 3.8 percent of the reporting units were flagged.  Those



units flagged, however, accounted for nearly 36% of the workers



with known commuting status and 60 percent of those identified as



commuters.  Even when the criteria was tightened to include only



those units with 100 percent commuting ratios nd those with



commuting ratios greater than 50 percent and more than 30 percent



of the commuters from outside the economic area*, the file



contained 11 percent of the workers and 29 percent of the



commuters.  Units with 100 percent commuting ratios accounted for



nearly 8 percent of the commuters.  Many of these units had worker



residences clustered an unreasonable distance away, indicating



county-of-work errors.  Approximately 13 percent of the commuters



in the file were commuting between counties in noncontiguous



States.  Commuting rates for most counties were more than double



the comparable rates from the 1970 census; and 1975 comparisons for



selected areas covered in the Annual Housing Survey suggests the



high 1975 CWHS based rates result primarily from geographic coding



errors rather than increasing commuting rates, generally.



     Geographic coding problems in the CWHS not only lead to



erroneously large estimates of commuting, but they also bias upward



estimates of work force migration based on the CWHS.  Annual



estimates of average interState worker migration rates derived from



the 1 percent CWHS for the period 1964-74 range from a low of 6.3



percent in 1964-65 to a high of 10.1 percent in 1973-74.  Data from



the Current Population Survey suggest that the rates should be much



lower, perhaps in the range of 3-4 percent.  The estimated sharp



rise in CWHS migration rates after 1970, in particular, contrast



markedly with CPS data and suggest that declining SSA resources de-



voted to monitoring establishment reporting and geographic coding



may be leading to a serious deterioration in the quality of CWHS



migration data.  In fact, without a substantial effort to edit and



correct CWHS files, the



 



     *BEA economic areas are county groupings centered on major



urban areas and defined in such a way that inter-area commuting is



usually minimal.



 



                                87



 



 



 



 



 



potential value of the CWHS as an inexpensive source of useful



commuting and migration data is likely to remain largely



unrealized.



 



4.   Related Problems with Other Data



 



     Both the Census Bureau and the UI employment and payroll



reporting systems require mandatory establishment reporting by



multiunit employers.  These programs may also devote more resources



to monitoring geographic information than SSA.  Hence, it is likely



that UI and CBP geographic data are more reliable than CWHS data. 



Many States, however, are reluctant to push multiunit employers for



accurate county reports of employment and payroll in the UI program



(although accurate State breakdowns are important for



administrative purposes).  Census. moreover, normally permits



"estimates" of data items when accounting records do not lend



themselves readily to the kinds of reports desired for statistical



purposes.  Hence, UI and CBP data may also be affected by the



unstandardized establishment payroll accounting systems that appear



to lead to incomplete and incorrect establishment reporting in the



SSA reporting plan.



     Errors in reports for particular establishments are difficult



to monitor. but the Census Bureau has conducted some tests of the



accuracy of geographic coding in its business establishment files. 



A recent evaluation study of the geographic coding in the 1972



Census of Retail Trade showed that the error rate at the place



(city) level was about 11 percent for establishments whose reports



were based on administrative records. (it should be noted that



these errors affected primarily data on the number of



establishments located within the city.  Since the establishments



involved tended to be small, the impact of the coding errors on



other data such as sales was less serious.) Many of the problems



noted in this study were similar to the problems found in the CWHS



commuting study (e.g., reporting from headquarters location), but



relatively fewer problems seemed to result from combining



information for several establishments and proportionately more



problems were associated with the difficulty of using address



information, supplied initially in administrative programs, in



conducting censuses.



     Often mailing address rather than actual location is the only



geographic information available from administrative records and



use of mailing addresses to compile geographic statistics can



result in serious biases in the data, particularly for cities and



other places in highly urbanized areas.  And with increasing use of



administrative mailing lists and mailed reports, the problems of



obtaining reliable small area geographic data for organizations or



individuals are becoming more serious.  Unfortunately, moreover,



Federal administrators often have little reason to be concerned



about either establishment reporting or the precise geographic



location of the organizations or individuals reporting to them; and



coordination between Federal administrators and State and local



administrators (who do need reliable geographic information), and



between administrators and statisticians has been inadequate to



prevent a trend of deteriorating geographic coding in many data



files at the same time that increasing use of geographic data is



being made for such purposes as Federal fund allocation.



 



5.   Errors in Other Information



 



     Geographic reporting and coding errors are perhaps the most



noticeable problem associated with using SSA and other



administrative records of businesses to obtain data on employment,



payroll. and other regional economic indicators.  There is,



however, also evidence of serious problems with other



administrative records that are not central to program



administration.  As already noted, establishment reporting problems



in the CWHS create industrial as well as geographic coding errors. 



As would be expected, industry coding problems tend to increase as



the desired level of industrial detail becomes finer.  In a



reconciliation study of establishments in the 1972 Economic



Censuses and in the area sample portion of the Current Business



Surveys, it was found that there were many differences in the SIC



coding.  For Retail Trade, the study revealed an 11 percent



disagreement rate at the 2-digit SIC level and an 18 percent



disagreement rate at the 4-digit SIC level. (Jeans, 1977, Table 6). 



Since most of the establishments in this study are nonemployers or



small employers, the SIC code used in the Census would usually be



derived from administrative records, while the SIC code in the area



sample is derived from a business description obtained by an



enumerator.  These disagreement rates point to problems in the SIC



coding derived from administrative records.  The impact of the SIC



coding errors on aggregated data such as sales would be less



serious than the disagreement percentages cited above would



indicate, since the establishments involved were relatively small.



In the CWHS, the quality of information on individual



characteristics such as sex, age, and race generally appears to be



of higher quality than business characteristics such as the



location and industry of jobs.  Nevertheless, there are problems



with the demographic characteristics in the CWHS, particularly the



race indicators.  Applicants for social security numbers self



identify their race as White, Negro, or Other, and evidence



suggests that members of various minority groups which have been



considered white for statistical purposes (such as most Mexican



Americans) often have a tendency to erroneous-



 



                                88



 



 



 



 



 



ly designate themselves in the "Other" race category.  Moreover,



the tendency toward such erroneous designation may change over time



in response to such factors as the strength of cultural or legal



motivations to be identified as a member of a minority group.



 



              D. Problems With the Timing of the Data



 



     A problem which concerns statisticians with all data gathering



activities is that of data timeliness.  Generally, the more current



the information is, the more useful it is to decisionmakers.  An



additional dimension is added to this problem when administrative



records are involved-the statistician's lack of control over the



timing of the data.  Since the data are collected and processed by



an administrative agency, processing for administrative purposes



has a much higher priority and is done on a more timely basis than



is processing for statistical purposes.



     There are three major elements to the timeliness problem:



     1.   The promptness and frequency with which the data are



          reported to the administrative agency.  In this regard



          administrative records are often superior to surveys and



          censuses.  The data are reported under an ongoing program



          and are required by law.  Reporting entities will



          generally provide the required information more promptly



          than they will respond to a periodic or one-time survey



          questionnaire.



     2.   The time required for the administrative agency to



          process the information and make it available for



          statistical uses.  This is where the above noted conflict



          in priority between administrative and statistical uses



          often causes long delays in the availability of the



          records for statistical purposes.  The CWHS files, for



          example, are generally not available until 21/2 years



          after the end of the subject year.  Many important



          statistical 'applications, such as the generation of data



          for fund distribution, require much more current data.



     3.   The time and difficulty of producing the desired



          statistics from the records.  Administrative record files



          are often large and complex.  Even when the data are made



          available promptly and only a sample is tabulated for



          statistical purposes, it can require a considerable



          amount of time and resources to produce the statistics. 



          The 1% CWHS employer-employee file, for example, is



          approximately 1.5 million records per year.



 



 



                           E. Conclusion



 



     While the CWHS illustrates the multitude of technical problems



involved in using administrative records, it can also be used to



illustrate ways in which administrative records can be improved for



statistical uses, as well as the potential for such records to



provide a powerful source of local area information for policy,



planning, and research purposes.



     Many of the problems described in this chapter could be



resolved through improved coordination between program



administrators and statistical users.  In the case of the CWHS,



such coordination could result in improved timing and accuracy



through higher priorities and greater resources assigned. to the



assembly of statistical files.  Coordination between data producers



and users could result in additional editing techniques to ensure



the accuracy of data.  Improved coordination could also increase



the informational content of files available for statistical use,



such as the addition of information on worker residences from W-2



forms (see Chapter V).



     Improved coordination among different data collection programs



could help to resolve many geographic and industrial coding



problems.  For example, comparability between Census and SSA



geographic and industrial codes is limited because the Census and



SSA definitions of establishment differ and because coding for



multiestablishment companies is carried out independently in the



two systems.  SSA requests that employers report on the basis of



county-industry combinations--permitting, for example, a combined



report for all the separate stores a retail chain operates in the



same county.  Moreover, SSA requests that employers assign their



own four-digit reporting unit cod es to separate reporting units. 



For many programs, however, Census requires data for small



(subcounty) geographic areas, so the SSEL has defined establish-



ments in terms of operations at a single location and has assigned



its own numeric codes for individual establishments.  As a result,



it is very difficult to check SSA establishment reports against



Census materials for multiunit companies; and the effectiveness of



joint Census-SSA efforts to maintain the SSA establishment



reporting plan is thereby limited.



     If, however, SSA requested that employers report on the same



establishment basis and used the same codes as they do for the



Census Annual Company Organization Survey, the SSEL could be used



(provided SSA were granted access to the SSEL--see Chapter VIII) to



maintain the quality of geographic and industrial coding on the



CWHS.  If, in addition, the UI system used the same units and



codes, the SSEL could be used to ensure uniform geographic coding



among UI, CBP, and CWHS files.



 



                                89



 



 



 



 



 



Moreover, if establishment reporting were to become a mandatory



requirement of the new joint IRS-SSA payroll ,reporting program,



and if the W-3 form (establishment summary) were modified to



request geographic and industrial activity information, it might be



possible to eliminate some statistical forms presently required of



employers and achieve both a reduced reporting burden for employers



and improved statistical information.



     A third type of coordination which can help to alleviate some



of the technical problems is coordinated use of administrative



records.  If, as previously suggested, micro records from different



administrative record sets were merged, resulting statistical files



would be far more useful than any of the individual record sets



from which they were built.  Such mergers could help to eliminate



coverage gaps and resolve noncomparabilities between record sets.



Improvements to administrative record data systems could have far



reaching results.  If the SSEL could be used to assign geographic



codes in the CWHS, for example, it might be possible to code the



records to subcounty levels.  The W-3 records and associated



summary statistics could then be used to produce current



information for urban areas of the Nation.  Since workers' sex,



race, and age are available from applications for social security



numbers, an expanded and improved CWHS would be capable of



producing both economic and demographic information on employment,



earnings, migration, and commutation for urban areas.  This



information would be useful to State ,and local governments, urban



planners, researchers, and officials interested in targeting



government programs to areas and populations most in need of



assistance.  The investments necessary to correct the technical



problems associated with the use of administrative records would be



small relative to the costs of developing alternative sources for



comparable information.



 



                                90



 



 



 



 



 



                                                       CHAPTER VIII



 



                Legal Issues in the Statistical Use



                     of Administrative Records



 



      This chapter explores the complex issues with legal



implications that arise when statisticians and researchers employ



administrative records to carry out their purposes.  The inquiry



attempts to present a sense of the structure of law- built on



statutes, regulations and formal policy which affect the activities



of statisticians in both positive and negative ways, and which in



turn are affected and changed by those activities.  there is an



effort to relate the projects described in other chapters to this



legal structure.  And there is in addition an attempt to suggest



the kinds of change in law which can improve the effectiveness of



the statistical user of administrative records, while at the same



time preserving and strengthening the administrative system in its



ability to carry out its other functions.



     With these aims, the first part introduces the concept of



"functional separation," which is the cornerstone of current



proposals for responsible expansion of the use of administrative



records for statistics and research.



     The first part examines the interests and needs of stat-



isticians Which lead there to use information contained in



administrative records.  Section I points out reasons for the



statistical use of administrative records.  The concept of



functional separation is developed in section 2 as an analytical



tool for data usage.  Statistical use and administrative use are



defined, differentiated, and illustrated in section 3. along with



terms that are relevant to legal issues.  This leads to a



formulation in section 4 of functional separation in general



legislative terms as a way to realize the conceptual goal.



      The second part of the chapter uses a characterization of the



existing legal and administrative systems as a frame of reference,



and suggests a set of organizing principles in which legal and



statistical imperatives converge.  Section 5 deals with the



difficulties associated with the actual application of functional



separation concepts to government agency records.  Section 6



discusses the application of several confidentiality statutes to



particular situations.



     Finally in section 7, a brief summary of the chapter provides



some suggestions for the future.



 



 



              A.  The Legal and Administrative System



 



1.   Factors precipitating the shift toward greater statistical use



     of administrative records



 



     Both the increased availability of administrative records, and



the growing limitations on information obtainable directly from



individuals on a voluntary basis, have precipitated a shift toward



greater statistical use of program and other administrative



records.



     Advanced data processing techniques and sophisticated



methodologies have had both cause and effect implications for



collection of data.  As tools for statistical analysis of a broad



range of public issues, they can extract, distill, and illuminate



information from massive volumes of data.



     At the same time, data processing capability acts as a



catalyst in the development of social programs which develop



complex and fine-tuned adjustments in mm of defined categories of



participants, differential eligibility requirements, and other such



variables.  The interaction of technique and information leads to



more highly refined standards of detail and quality of supporting



data, and to rich program resources for decision making.  The very



existence of such a data base challenges the statistician to probe



its availability and its adaptability for statistical uses.  On the



other hand, the fact that the content of administrative records is



selected and shaped to the needs of, the particular, often very



narrow, administrative use, creates built-in problems of definition



and comparability for the statistician.  This in turn generates



pressure from the statistician to influence the design of



administrative data collection instruments.



      The statistician's interest in using administrative records



is precipitated by other factors as well, reflecting the growing



resistance of respondents, both persons and firms, to cooperate



with voluntary data collections While the relative strength and



significance of the underlying causes of this growing reluctance



are imperfectly measured and understood, some explanations seem



relevant.



 



                                91



 



 



 



 



 



     One is simply burden.  Personal interviews by public opinion



and survey research organizations, including the census and survey



activities of government agencies, have proliferated in number,



frequency and detail.  This burden is generally imposed, moreover'



without any obvious compensating personal benefit to participants.



     Another factor is public distrust of information gatherers,



both governmental and private, and decline in confidence in the



ability of survey organizations to preserve the confidentiality of



information entrusted to diem. (1)  This distrust is probably not



lessened, moreover, by recent Federal requirements that respondents



be told more fully the legal risks and consequences to there of



providing information about themselves, including the extent of



data sharing and the limitations on ability to assure con-



fidentiality. (2)



     Resistance of the public is reinforced when the growing volume



of information collected through voluntary surveys is superimposed



on the massive and regularly expanding volume of administrative



collections, reaching more and larger segments of the general



population, and making demands for detailed information from each. 



Where there is a quid pro quo, such as welfare payments or social



security benefits, or a cost for not responding, such as tax duties



or penalties, respondents provide administrative information in the



required detail rather than forego the personal gain or suffer the



cost.  They may not be willing, however, to repeat or supplement



the information to other collectors for other purposes.



     These factors combine to raise concern about the acceptable



level of response burden. counting both voluntary and involuntary



collection, which can reasonably be imposed on the reporting



public.  Whether public resistance to burden is looked at as a



decrease in the quality of data collected, or as an increase in the



cost of maintaining a given level of quality of data, the perceived



decline in cooperation is a development which has to be factored



into agencies' data collection plans and budgets.  Where



administrative and statistical requirements for information



compete, moreover, the program requirements generally take



precedence.



     As an alternative to the mounting of new surveys, the



extraction of data from information collected by Federal agencies



or their local counterparts in administering their social and



economic programs has obvious appeal.  Compiling administrative



data in a microdata file can synthesize the response to a personal



interview.  Even where a "survey" of persons or firms is simulated



by linking data about there from records scattered among several



different programs or agencies, the cost may still be relatively



small compared with the cost of conducting an actual survey.  In



some instances, cost is a secondary factor, where personal contact



would be difficult or even impossible because of inability to



interview the necessary sample population, for example, deceased



persons.



     Another development that had consequences for the efforts of



the statistician to compile and adapt administrative data was the



emergence of the various privacy initiatives of the 1970's.  Those



initiatives grew out of the feeling of helplessness expressed by



many persons about the dissemination of information about



themselves, recorded in computerized records, then shared and used



without their knowledge in ways that harmed or offended them.  Thus



the starting principle of the Privacy Act was the requirement that



no disclosure be made without the consent of the person whose



information was being disclosed.  The practical imperatives of



government were accommodated, however, in broad exceptions from the



requirement of individual consent.  Two other principles



compensated for the erosion of consent.  The first of these is the



principle of notice to inform individuals what uses their



information is put to.  The second is the principle of



accountability to the individual for the uses made without personal



consent.  In combination these principles permitted normal use and



exchange of information collected by government, subject to self-



help methods of individual challenge to check abuse.  At the same



time, the development of a third principle was necessary. to



accommodate the special needs for information which the



statistician and researcher uses, while at the same time giving the



individual full benefits of the primary principles of notice and



accountability.  That principle is the concept of "functional



separation."



 



2.   Concept of "Functional Separation"



 



     "Functional separation" is a term which was chosen to



conceptualize a treatment of records appropriate to the basic uses



(or functions) for which those records are prepared and kept. 



Administrative uses and statistical uses have a polarity which



needs to be recognized and built into the rules and procedures



which control them.  The uses of administrative records are



individual in their very essence, as they are collected to do



things to or for individual persons on the basis of those



individuals' rights and responsibilities.  Statistical records we



exactly the opposite.  Individuals are examined. and their



information collected and combined, as the individuals we perceived



to belong in chosen study groups, and to be statistically



interchangeable with others in those groups The method is to



summarize.  The individual is important in defining and



characterizing the group, but the information about a particular



individual is important not because d will be used to accomplish an



individual result, but because the one individual is a proxy for



many individuals.  This difference in basic relationship of



individual to ultimate use requires that the rules of treatment of



statistical in-



 



                                92



 



 



 



 



 



formation be the obverse of the rules for treatment of



administrative records.  This set of concerns is the genesis of the



concept of "functional separation."



     The issue of statistical use of administrative records has



been scrutinized both from the confidentiality side by such



agencies and commissions as HEW and the Privacy Protection Study



Commission (PPSC) (3), and from the burden side by others such as



the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) (4), the General



Accounting Office (GAO), and the Commission on Federal Paperwork



(5), The President's Statistical Reorganization Project also has



more recently looked at both confidentiality and burden.  From



these inquiries has emerged a consensual view that the public will



benefit from better access by statisticians to administrative



sources of information.  A caveat is added, that better access must



be combined with better protection of statistical compilations of



administrative data to prevent unauthorized use for non-statistical



purposes.



     In the quest for better statistical access combined with



better data protection, increasing attention has been focused on



the important concept of "functional separation" as it originated



in the work of the Privacy Protection Study Commission, and was



recommended for statutory treatment by both the PPSC and the



President's Statistical Reorganization Project.  These projects



both proposed mechanisms which took account of qualitative



differences between program-administrative functions and



statistical research functions, and established differential



standards for managing the information needed by each.



     These standards relate to access, use and disclosure of data. 



Functional separation means that a separate and distinct approach



is necessary for the development of principles, legal rules and



practices applicable to data for statistical use.  While the



principles and standards applicable to statistical use have to take



into account the principles and standards which apply to



administrative use of information, and in some respects are



constrained by administrative rules, the rules for statistical data



need not be similar or parallel to those for administrative use.



     Applying the principle of functional separation, to make the



rules appropriate for the function that the information serves,



data cannot be mixed indiscriminately in statistical and



administrative uses.  Information designated for statistical use



would not be available to administrators for their use except in



anonymous or aggregate form, regardless of whether the data were



obtained directly through surveys or indirectly from administrative



files.  With that constraint, records compiled in administering



particular programs can be used by statisticians without risk of



breaching the rights and expectations of program participants about



the intended uses of information they give.  This aspect of



functional separation has provoked considerable debate with



compliance and enforcement officials, and is at the cutting edge of



legislative proposals to provide legal protection to statistical



files.



 



 



3.   A language framework for legal issues.



 



     The statutory background for functional separation is



expressed in terms of privacy, confidentiality, disclosure, access,



and other terms with special technical implications.  In addition,



in proposing different legal treatment of records based on



different operational functions, the concept itself has added some



terms, with particular meanings.  This section is offered as a



bridge between the legal framework which controls the flow of



information to the statistician, and the workplace within which the



information is stored, used and transferred.



     Generally administrative records mean records which contain



information used in making decisions or determinations, or for



taking actions affecting individual subjects of the records. 



Commonly the term refers to records about natural persons, although



other entities may be treated by law as legal "persons," about whom



decisions and actions are taken.  Corporations, for instance, are



fictitious "persons" whose actual being is created by law, and



about which records are kept and decisions made.  Partnerships and



sole proprietorships likewise may have legal rights and duties



which are separate and distinct from the legal rights and duties of



the natural persons whom they represent, individually or



collectively, or who conduct the business of the entity.  To



indicate a further level of abstraction, the estate of a deceased



person - amounting merely to a bundle of residual claims and



obligations - is a "taxpayer" under the Internal Revenue Code, and



its records are subject to disclosure rules just as if the taxpayer



were a living natural person.  In other contexts, legal rules on



disclosure might vary depending on whether the particular



information refers to an individual in his capacity as a private



person, for instance, or as a business proprietor.  The juncture of



Freedom of Information Act (6) and Privacy Act disclosure rules



with respect to a particular set of data may raise just such an



issue.



     This chapter deals with only one segment of the large volume



of administrative records kept by public and private record



keepers.  The focus is on records kept by government agencies,



mainly Federal, compiled principally in managing their social and



economic programs.  While agency personnel, law enforcement,



regulatory. and other records are also administrative records in



the broad sense, they have not been treated in scope of this



discussion.  Although there was no initial intention to exclude



such classes of records, they demanded little attention.



 



                                93



 



 



 



 



 



     It appeared in the course of examining statistical uses that



agencies in which such records predominated were by and large



neither providers nor users of general purpose statistical files



built on an administrative record base.  In the case of law



enforcement records, in particular, both the administrative and the



research records are subject to special legal restrictions limiting



use and disclosure, and are not easily integrated into a pool of



general purpose statistical data.  there are some areas of study,



to be sum, such as follow-up analysis of work history of ex--



offenders. that suggest the potential for careful merging of



information from one data base to another.  However, this potential



is not likely to be realized in the form of general transfer



between law enforcement and other types of data bases.



     Finally, there are some arguments for excluding decennial



census records from consideration as administrative records. since



their purpose is almost exclusively statistics.  They are, however,



used for redistricting, calculating revenue sharing, providing



genealogical data, and similar administrative types of use.  They



have been included in this study because of the special reciprocal



relationship of Census with agencies using administrative records



in statistical operations.  Census plays a focal role in acting as



a broker between agencies in receiving, processing and merging



administrative data that sometimes cannot be transferred directly



between agencies.  Resulting merged files can be purged of



identifiers and made available to the source agencies for their



statistical uses, and in many cases, to the general public for



statistical use.  Moreover,  Census is drawing with increasing



regularity on administrative files to help improve its intercessal



estimate and to correct its undercount.



     Statistical purposes describe purposes for which information



about individual members of a defined study population is



aggregated and presented without reference to individual



identities.  Statistical records may be kept, used. and published



in microdata form-i.e., a collection of data items pertaining to



one particular individual--to maximize flexibility for examining



and analyzing the composition, characteristics, behavior, etc., of



the group under consideration.  Personal identifiers may be kept on



microdata records for purposes of record validation and linkage,



and the files may be transferred to statistical users with



identifiers.  The fact that identifiers are used in the statistical



process and are a necessary incident to the statistical file is



often overlooked.  Indeed, even the Privacy Act, which was meant to



be a statute which would deal definitively with the issue, provided



only for transfer of statistical records without individual



identifiability.  Of course, the individual identities of the



persons making up the statistical group are not associated with the



statistical files once processing is completed, nor are they



material to the ultimate statistical results of the process.



     Access, use, and disclosure.  There are some subtle



distinctions in the ideas of access, use and disclosure of records. 



"Access" to (or availability of) records suggests the right or the



ability to see, hear, examine, or otherwise be cognizant of the



information contained in the records. (in the Privacy Act sense,



"access" has a further special meaning limited to the right of a



natural person to examine record information about himself or



herself.) "Use" generally refers to the purposes which can be



served, or the operations which can be performed with the records



by the person who has access.  A basic distinction between



statistical and non-statistical use is of principal concern.  In



this connection, the application of statistical methodology is not



equated with statistical use.  An identifiable person may be



singled out for any number of administrative actions-such as



promotion, tax audit, and so on--on the basis of a statistical



operation, such as ranking by specified characteristics.  This



would be an administrative use of statistical techniques, and not a



statistical use.  Quality assurance programs often involve hybrid



uses of this sort, and are considered to make administrative rather



than statistical use of the data.



     An issue of use can be illustrated by experience of the Social



Security Administration.  An item designating the applicant's race



is collected by SSA on its form application for a Social Security



Number, exclusively for statistical use.  The race item is not used



in assigning the Social Security Number, nor is it used in making



program determinations about the individual, which would be



administrative uses.  The information is used to draw samples and



subsamples, and to describe racial composition of specified samples



or groups of persons based on other characteristics.  Inclusion of



this statistical item in microdata records which are used for



preparing tabulations showing the racial composition of a



particular work force would be a statistical use.  Such tabulations



are occasionally requested by litigants in Equal Employment



Opportunity Commission (EEOC) and similar actions raising issues of



discrimination in hiring or promotion.  Use of the tabulations



themselves as evidence in such litigation would not alter their



basic statistical character.  But an attempt to use those same



microdata records to identify and characterize the race of



particular members of that work force and to inform there that they



were parties to a class action suit in which the tabulations were



presented in evidence would not be a statistical use of the



information.  It would be an administrative use not in keeping with



the statistical character of the data.



     Finally, "disclosure" involves providing access or



availability to another user, usually by transfer of records,



 



                                94



 



 



 



 



 



although it is evident that disclosure can take place also by word



of mouth.  The significant overlapping--and to some extent



circularity-of these concepts of access, use, and disclosure



sometimes blurs the practical distinctions among them.  Though they



may seem artificial, however, the distinctions are not trivial in



their relationship to the legal issues of administrative record



use.



     Confidentiality and privacy. These are terms which have been



associated with a variety of meanings, both subjective and



technical.  In this chapter the terms have no arcane meanings, but



make a rather simple and important distinction.  Confidentiality



refers to limitations which protect records from unauthorized



access, use or disclosure. (For this purpose, "unauthorized"



disclosure means without the consent of the person whose informa-



tion is divulged, or without some other legal authority to



disclose.) Privacy refers to the protected right of the individual



not to be disturbed, or not to have intrusive invasions of his



person or property.  In this context, invasions include any type of



personal contact made on the basis of record information.  Finally,



using the convention adopted in the Privacy and Freedom of



Information Acts, the privacy concept is limited to natural



persons.



     Functional separation. To summarize what is stated elsewhere,



functional separation establishes two basic divisions among



records, according to whether they serve administrative functions



intended to have consequences for the individual subject of the



record, or whether they serve statistical functions of studying



groups.  Functional separation principles allow information about



individuals to flow from administrative sources to statistical



uses, but not to return to administrators in a form associated with



the identities of the individuals once the information has been



incorporated in statistical records.



     The concept of functional separation expresses an underlying



principle of fairness in data use.  That principle holds that



actions and determinations about persons should be made on the



basis of information which is used with their knowledge and



consent.  As long as statisticians and researchers do not use data



in any individual way to affect the subjects of the information,



their personal knowledge and consent may not be relevant.  However,



the collection and retention of individual information, and its use



in generating new information by the researcher, require insulation



from the decision process.



 



4.   Options: Legislative approaches to functional separation



 



      There are two principal approaches by which functional



separation can lead to protected status for data committed to



statistical uses.  Both approaches can be found in some recent



legislative proposals.



     The first approach is to protect designated statistical



organizational activities.  The method is to name certain units as



being qualified users of statistical data, to require safeguards



for all statistical data within the controlled environment which



they manage, and to impose limitations on access and disclosure. 



This is the design for the "Protected statistical center" which is



described in the proposed Confidentiality of Federal Statistical



Records Act. (7) The model for this approach is the Census statute



(Title 13 of the United States Code) which limits examination and



use of statistical records to employees of the Census Bureau.  The



difference which would be introduced by this proposed extension of



the Census concept is that use would not be limited exclusively to



employees of the organization which does the actual collection of



the data.  Instead, under this proposal, data could be transferred



among approved centers with relative ease.  Since no data could be



disclosed except among protected centers in a way which would



permit such data to be associated with identifiable persons or



business reporters, the agency which collected the information



could even be ordered to transfer its data to other centers which



demonstrated their need.



      The second approach is to protect specified records or files,



regardless of where they are physically located.  The method is to



designate particular data elements or collections of data elements



as "statistical" (or research) records, and to place special



conditions on the purposes for which the files can be used.  In



addition, this approach would restrict disclosures, both as to the



form of records disclosed, and as to the type of authorized



recipients.  This approach is developed in the proposed Research



Records Act. (8)



     The Research Records Act would apply to research records as



defined in the proposed statute.  With respect to information about



natural persons, this definition is somewhat broader than the



statistical records included in it, except as records are excluded



by coverage in such statutes as the proposed Statistical Records



Act,  Census Act, etc.  In another respect, the research proposal



is narrower in scope than the proposed Statistical Records Act,



since it would not apply to information about firms or other



entities which are not natural persons.  The proposed Research



Records Act incorporates most of the recommendations of the Privacy



Protection Study Commission to provide separate and distinct



treatment and disclosure rules--functional separation--for the



statistical and research records which it would cover.



     The approach is also used in the proposed Statistical Records



Act referred to above, with respect to files which would be



designated by a Chief Statistician as "protected statistical



centers".  These latter conditions would be



 



                                95



 



 



 



 



 



somewhat less stringent than the conditions attaching to files in



protected centers, and would include the use of protected files as



sampling frames for disclosure of names and addresses of entities



to contact in order to obtain additional information through



surveys or interviews for statistical and research purposes.  Both



approaches have been considered in developing the "Standard



Statistical Establishment List," and the legislative proposals to



widen its availability.  At present, the SSEL is a comprehensive



national list of business entities, described by type of



organization, size and activity codes, and associated with detailed



financial and commercial information.  The file is maintained by



the Census Bureau, is used in identifiable form only by Census



personnel to prepare tabulations which are made available to others



in a form not permitting identification of particular firms or



establishments.  Some proposals for broadening access have



recommended the first approach, described above, which would be to



name the statistical units qualified to use the SSEL information



both for preparing tabulations and for drawing samples of



enterprises for surveys and questionnaires, and to exclude other



statistical users.  Other proposals have taken the second approach,



making files available to responsible statistical users, strictly



limited to statistical and research applications.  In addition, a



third type of proposal has offered a "two-tier" compromise.  This



would create one level of establishment data to users in the



general research community for approved statistical and research



applications.  A second level of information would be available



only to Federal statistical agencies for their statistical use, and



would contain data which is restricted from public availability



because of its sensitive nature or because of its particular



legally protected' sources.  Proposals to broaden access to the



SSEL are complicated by the fact that the file contains information



which is Census information subject to Title 13 restrictions on



disclosure as well as information which is tax return information



subject to Internal Revenue Code restrictions.  Because both laws



restrict disclosure merely of the identity of a reporting unit, as



well as disclosure of any information associated with that



identity, the availability of information from the file is quite



restricted.



 



 



               B.  Dynamics of Functional Separation



 



1.   Dimensions and characteristics of the legal framework



 



     Traditionally, a certain amount of statistical activity is



associated directly with program operation, at least to the extent



of tabulating classes and frequencies for measuring such variables



as receipts, expenditures, program participation, and so on. 



Preparation of such statistical aggregates, in some cases, has been



so closely linked to the programs whose records they reflect as to



be regarded as an administrative function.



     Expanding from that traditional base, statistical activities



have commonly become functionally separate and independent of the



operational aspects of the programs and program populations they



examined.  Satellite components operating within the governmental



agencies which administer programs have continued as a routine



matter to use the agency's administrative files as the source of



statistical inquiry.  The propriety of such use has seldom been



questioned, at least within the Federal establishment.  Most agency



staff, indeed, would not ordinarily consider the availability of



program records to in-house statisticians as disclosure at all,



although in a legal sense it may be.  However, the laws have



usually been silent about the conditions of such internal use.



In the obverse situation, questions have arisen as to the proper



extent of access which administrators can or should have to



information produced by statisticians from those same



administrative records which they sample and use statistically. 



Currently, for example,  HHS's Office of Inspector General has



broad statutory powers to demand information about individuals in



compliance efforts.  If exercised, such power could infringe on the



policy of statistical units in HHS-contained in the Social Security



Administration, the Health Cam Financing Administration, and the



Public Health Services. including the National Center for Health



Statistics--to release information to administrators only in



aggregate or anonymous form.  The agency's auditors and its Office



of General Counsel may similarly claim broad access powers. and



recognize few limitations on the uses which they may make of



information, regardless of its statistical or nonstatistical



source.



 



a.   Disclosure within the agency, a broader view.



 



     Authority for use of an agency's records by the agency's own



employees for various agency purposes is implicitly assumed on a



need-to-know basis, as observed above.  Frequently there is no



express authorization for such intra-agency disclosures, although



the converse, restrictions on use or transfer, even within the



agency, may be imposed by law.  The Privacy Act, in contrast,



provides explicitly for disclosures to the agency's own employer. 



While the principles of functional separation between statistical



and other files are often carried out in administrative practice



with respect to intra-agency use, they are less often subject to



statutory treatment than are transfers for inter-agency use.



     A somewhat different dimension of record availability may



occur in a Department such as HHS, a conglomera-



 



                                96



 



 



 



 



 



tion of quasi-autonomous agencies administering a variety of



separate programs which serve: partially overlapping client



populations.



     The legal definitions of Federal "agencies" are such that the



term may mean either a Department or an operating component of that



Department or both, depending on the particular statutory



provisions being applied.  Disclosure of identifiable individual



data extracted from records compiled in administering one program



to statisticians associated with another program administered by a



different component within a Department has subtle but real legal



implications.



     Some disclosure anomalies can result from complex statutory



matrices.  For instance, the Tax Reform Act of 1976 (9) contains a



provision allowing release of tax information to HEW (now HHS) from



the Treasury Form W-2 for the sole purpose of processing the



information for IRS (a component of the Treasury "agency") accord-



ing to an interagency agreement. (10)  The Treasury-HHS agreement



provides that the Social Security Administration, an operating



component of HAS, will do the processing for IRS.  The Tax Reform



Act contains another provision by which SSA can use tax information



to administer its own programs. (11)  The interface of these



provisions results in a paper transfer by HHS to SSA of data which



HHS never actually obtains, and which HHS employees as such cannot



use in identifiable form.  SSA receives and processes the



information for IRS purposes, and uses it as needed for social



security purposes.  But SSA must receive written approval from IRS



to use the information HHS has released to it, before it can



produce statistical tabulations, even though they involve no



individual disclosures, when they are prepared for HHS purposes



which are not related to the administration of the Social Security



Act.



     Furthermore, release of identifiable return information



outside SSA to other HHS employees is not permitted.  Indeed, even



the Continuous Work History Sample (CWHS) microdata files from



which identifiers have been purged is not released to researchers



in HHS' Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and



Evaluation (ASPE), despite the important research function ASPE



performs for HHS, any more than they are released to the Bureau of



Economic Analysis (BEA) or to any member of the general public. 



This is because of the residual difficulty described elsewhere of



stripping all possible association with identifiable business



entities, even though no substantive information about those



entities is divulged.



 



b.   Disclosure to agency contractors.



 



     The relationship between the program and the statistician who



actually performs the work may become attenuated, and the issues



then become more complex.  For instance, an agency may wish to use



information in its program records to study particular aspects of a



client population.  It may find that it lacks sufficient or



suitable staff resources to commit to the necessary tasks of prepa-



ration and analysis.  In such a case, the agency may enter into a



contractual arrangement to have the work performed to its



specifications by outside organizations.  While the work product



may be the same as that which would result if the agency relied on



its own staff resources, the legal issues and relationships are



different when the work is performed by outsiders.  The agency must



then deal with legal questions related to the disclosure of



confidential information to others.  These questions may involve a



variety of statutory considerations.  Conditions are different for



data controlled by the Privacy Act, for example, than for data



controlled by the Census statute or the Internal Revenue Code. 



That is, the Census statute permits no one but Census employees to



examine census returns.



     The Census Bureau, as a result, does not employ contractors to



perform surveys or analysis for it.  On the other hand, the Privacy



Act allows disclosure of covered records for a "routine use", and



many agencies have determined that disclosure of information needed



by contractors to perform their contractual duties would qualify as



a routine use of personal information protected by the Privacy Act. 



In contrast, the Internal Revenue Code (as amended by the Tax



Reform Act of 1976) has a provision requiring a particular type of



agreement with a contractor to perform data processing functions



with tax return information for purposes of tax administration. 



This provision applies to information about business and other tax-



paying entities, as well as information about individual taxpayers.



(12)



     This provision enables IRS to use contractors to perform



various functions involved in the administration of the tax laws



including statistical activities of both IRS and the Treasury



Department's Office of Tax Analysis.  The sections which make



return information available to other Federal agencies-for example,



the Social Security Administration, the Department of Labor, and



the Census Bureau--however do not make any provision for redis-



closure, nor do they provide for disclosure to contractors of those



agencies.  Thus those agencies cannot release return information to



their contractors even in situations in which they normally employ



contractors to assist there in administering their duties.  The use



of contractors is thus dependent on other considerations than the



needs of the agency performing the work.



     A number of files discussed elsewhere in this report have been



unavailable for other agencies' projects because of this



restriction.  The CWHS file, which was used in the past by



contractors of state agencies in unemploy-



 



                                97



 



 



 



 



 



ment insurance studies, cannot currently be used in those projects. 



Studies of subsidized housing performed for HUD by private



organizations under contract, and pension studies performed for the



Department of Labor by its contractors cannot have access to SSA



earnings information classed as return information, even though



SSA's Office of Research and Statistics has an interest in the



findings, and would be willing to provide the needed information



with proper safeguards.  In an important pension project, SSA and



the Department of Labor have been handicapped by their inability to



use their contractors to process and merge return information. in



this case earnings information obtained by SSA in its retirement



and survivors program.  Although both SSA and DOL had access to the



necessary return information, the agencies' contractors could not



be given access, and the scope of work to be performed by the



contractors was substantially restricted, with jeopardy to the



quality of the final product, because of the necessity to treat



return information differently from other agency information in



carrying out the steps of augmenting the files with earnings



information.



     Indeed, the restrictions prevent ORS from placing files



containing return information in its own computer tape library



which is maintained for it, with remote terminal access by an



organization under contract to SSA.



     Thus, in determining what information can be released to an



agency's contractors, and in providing for the disposition of files



upon completion of work which agencies contract for, careful



consideration has to be given to the statutes which impinge on the



relationship and affect the conditions and scope of work.  Even



when release to contractors is legally permissible, the agency will



need to make adequate provision for safeguarding identifiable



information contained in working files, and take appropriate steps



for purging identifiers before the files are released for secondary



analysis by others.



     The nature of the provisions for purging of identifiers,



destruction of records, and so on will be influenced by the



statutory authority under which the contractual work is done.



whether or not the contractor is "maintaining a system of records"



as defined by the Privacy Act.



 



c.   Disclosures among Federal agencies.



 



     Agencies serve populations whose members are also covered in



whole or in part by programs or activities administered by other



agencies.  In such cases two or more agencies may benefit from



creating an enriched file which merges information about a sample



of individuals extracted from the separate records of each agency. 



For instance, a group of social security beneficiaries might also



be recipients of benefits administered by the Veterans



Administration, and both agencies may have an interest in studying



the combination of benefits.



     Statistical matching techniques (13) may be used, of course,



without any individual identification or disclosure.  Thus, records



of individuals can be selected from each agency's files on the



basis of a set of specified attributes, (e.g. age, sex, race,



marital status, etc.), and can be compiled without personal



identifiers.  The separate files without identifiers can be merged



solely on the basis of similar attributes, thus synthesizing



individual records without any effort to ascertain whether records



of the same individuals were in fact merged.



     It is more common, however, to create a merged file on the



basis of identifiers known to both agencies.  When information



about a sample of individuals known to the agency is used to create



such a merged file, the procedure ordinarily involves disclosure in



the legal sense from one agency to another of both identifiers and



administrative record information.  Depending on the form of the



resulting file and the content of the source records, the process



may involve a range of disclosure possibilities.  Thus, there may



be a one-way flow of identifiable data from a source agency to the



agency performing the match, with a return flow of files containing



merged records purged of identifiers.  There may be a two-way flow



of identifiable records between the participating agencies.  Or



there may be a one-way flow from each of the participating agencies



to a third agency (for example to the Census Bureau) which would



perform the operations of merging and "sanitizing" the files, and



then return the resulting records only in anonymous form to both



source agencies.  This is the process used to perform match pro-



jects which combine SSA and IRS data.



     Legal implications depend on the legal character of the source



information, the cooperative agreements between and among the



agencies, and the nature of the resultant files in term of the



potential for matching back against the program or statistical



files of the participating agencies.



     A technique used by ORS for releasing microdata files has been



the restricted use agreement, as described in Chapter III.  Files



from which obvious identifiers have been removed, but which



continue to have non-negligible risk of individual identification,



may be released under user agreements to maintain their statistical



anonymity, in entering into these agreements, users must stipulate



that they cannot, and must agree that they will not make any effort



whatsoever, to identify individuals in the file.  These agreements



have carried Social Security Act and Privacy Act sanctions for



unauthorized disclosure.  The CWHS files are not currently eligible



for this kind of treatment, however, in view of IRS' restrictive



position on release of microdata containing return information.



 



                                98



 



 



 



 



 



IRS has been engaged for several years in Freedom of Information



Act litigation, seeking to refuse release of its Taxpayer



Compliance Measurement Program (TCMP) files, which are files



generated in microdata form from samples of income tax records to



use for statistically analyzing tax audit formulas and audit



selection criteria.  Until the issues in that case are finally



resolved, the future of the CWHS user agreement is indefinite.



     The CWHS illustrates a number of use and disclosure issues. 



As noted in Chapter III and discussed elsewhere, the CWHS merges



SSA files containing both benefit data compiled in its program



operations and earnings data compiled in its wage reporting



operations carried out in common with IRS, and defined in as tax



return information controlled by the Internal Revenue Code.  The



CWHS does not contain occupation information, however, because that



it not reported on the Form W-2 (formerly on the form 941) filed



with IRS and processed by SSA.  SSA access to return information



does not include income tax information, in which the occupation



data is contained.  The CWHS consequently does not at present



contain occupation.  The CWHS files do contain geography and



industry coded from the Form SS-4 Application for an Employer



Identification Number, which is regarded by IRS as a tax return. 



Because of the high degree of visibility of some employers on the



basis of Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes associated



with county code of their location, the CWHS data may be



identifiable to employers, and consequently cannot currently be



released to users who do not have access authorized by the Internal



Revenue Code.  A particularly troublesome complication has arisen



with respect to BEA.  BEA has had an ongoing association with ORS



to perfect and use the CWHS files.  In addition, BEA has provided



user service by preparing tabulations on a reimbursable basis from



CWHS files, including the 10 percent file which has never been



publicly available in microdata form.  Under the 1976 Tax Reform



Act, however, BEA was given access only to corporate return



information.  Since the CWHS contains noncorporate employer codes



for geography and industry, it cannot be provided even to BEA for



analysis.  This arrangement was beneficial not only to BEA and to



outside users, but also to ORS, because it conserved the limited



SSA resources available for servicing reimbursable requests and



gave ORS the benefit of BEA's editing and improvement of the file,



which invariably develops from familiarity with a file.



     Another difficulty associated with the Form SS-4, Application



for an Employer Identification Number (EIN) is the business birth



and employer listings which were available in former years to other



Federal statistical users.  The Department of Agriculture can no



longer make use of the SS-4 file to select a sample listing for its



farm surveys.



     The Department of Agriculture currently would benefit from use



of the SS-4 file as a sampling frame for energy surveys, and is



unable to obtain such access.



     The potential value of the SSEL for statistical use is



described elsewhere in this report, and cannot be overstated. 



Broader access, at least at the Federal level, is regarded as a



necessity by most contributors to this report, and many consider



that public availability to statistical users would be desirable. 



The legal impediments to broader access are numerous and complex. 



SSEL is currently compiled under Census Title 13 authority, with



information supplied by SSA and IRS subject to the same disclosure



restrictions as the information furnished by Census.  Proposals



have been under consideration since 1972 for legislative changes to



broaden access.  One suggestion is that name and address



information, together with industry and size codes, might be made



more widely available than at present, but that other information



in the file would retain Title 13 restrictions on release.  One of



the issues raised by this proposal is that the name. address,



industry, and size code information has tax return character, at



least at the time of original acquisition by Census, and its



availability outside census would require changes in the Internal



Revenue Code restrictions on return information.  As a sampling



frame, the SSEL has various advantages, but from the access



standpoint. the difficulties are similar to those discussed in



connection with SSA's Form SS-4 application for a Social Security



Number.



     It may be observed that the complexities increase if the



cooperating agencies include both a Federal and a State counterpart



agency, with legal consequences under both Federal and State law. 



For instance, difficulties are attached to the use by BLS of



information provided by states from their UI reports, which contain



EIN's and other information from the Form SS-4.  The problems and



their solution are not well defined at the present time. but it



appears certain that Federal-state access conditions with respect



to return 'information will be reviewed by IRS.



     One of the significant conclusions reached by the Privacy



Protection Study Commission, in this connection was that States



should be encouraged to insulate statistical and research records



from non-statistical uses.  For this, PPSC urged enactment of State



statutes following PPSC policy guidelines, parallel to its



recommendations for Federal records. applying the principles of



"functional separation."



 



d.   Use by non-statisticians of statistical files compiled from



     administrative source records.



 



     Statistical analysis selects a small population segment to



serve as proxy for a larger target population, focusing on salient



characteristics, behavior, relationships, etc.



 



                                99



 



 



 



 



 



The statistical files and their analysis may, by their design or



purpose, provide important information to program administrator's,



oversight agencies, legislators, auditors, and courts.  When these



users are satisfied with statistical results based on anonymous or



aggregated data, the purposes of the statistician and the non-



statistician are compatible, and the statistician can



conscientiously make the files available even though the ultimate



uses are foreign to his own intended purposes.



     Often, however, the administrator, auditor, or regulatory or



enforcement officer wishes not only to use statistical results to



identify population segments in which he is interested, but wishes



also to locate and take action affecting individuals in the group



thus identified. (The epidemiological researcher may have a similar



design, though for what may be regarded as more benign purposes.)



Here the objectives of the statistician are thwarted.  Such uses



raise doubts about the objectivity of the statistician, the premise



of confidentiality on which he bases individual data collection,



and the essential fairness of permitting the statistician to have



free access to otherwise confidential information provided by



persons for purposes associated with their participation in



particular programs.



     Moreover, the statistician's sample is usually selected on



attributes not associated with the action purposes of the non-



statistical user, and the sample data may selectively preserve data



about individuals in the sample population which are no longer



retained in the underlying program files.  The marriage of



information from the separate files may also generate new



information which was not itself contained in either of the source



files.  For example a level of income reported by the records in



one file which is legally inconsistent with eligibility for



benefits whose payment is reported by records in the other file. 



There are .numerous other possibilities.  For example, records in a



drivers' license register could be linked with records in a file



containing benefit information about blind disabled persons.  Of



course, a "hit" (a match indicating that a particular individual



has records in both files) does not automatically mean that a law



has been violated.  One of the listings may be erroneous; or a



blind individual may have retained a drivers' license for



identification to cash checks.  However, discovery of such matches



may suggest abuses of some sort.  Similar discoveries may attach to



information about earnings which would be inconsistent with, and



require disallowance of certain pensions or unemployment benefits,



if the pertinent records were matched on an individual basis.



     The Internal Revenue Code, for instance, contains a



requirement (section 7214(a) (8)) that Treasury employees report



information about taxpayer noncompliance.  If this duty applies to



information acquired in the course of performing statistical



studies, it clearly cannot be reconciled with the functional



separation principle of insulating individually identifiable



statistical files from administrative actions.



     Such possibilities raise ethical issues which are beyond the



scope of this paper.  The statistician takes the general position,



however, that the administrator or enforcer ought to have access to



aggregate information only, and not to individual data which has



been matched for statistical purposes.



 



2.   A closer look at some Federal statutes affecting statistical



     use of administrative records and protection of statistical



     records from nonstatistical use



 



     In general, Federal statutes which have provided confidential



treatment of record information have, by providing essentially



equivalent treatment to administrative and statistical records, had



a dampening effect on productive statistical efforts.  For the most



part, the laws have discouraged harmless interagency disclosures of



identifiable data for statistical purposes at least to the same



degree that they have impeded administrative disclosures, and prob-



ably more than they have impeded enforcement transfers.  They have



neither assisted the statistician in gaining access to program



records, nor protected the record subjects from administrative



actions based on statistical records.



     An exception is the Census statute, Title 13 of the U.S. Code,



which gives the Census Bureau broad authority to obtain



information, including data contained in agencies' administrative



records, at the same time it protects the Census records from being



disclosed either voluntarily or by compulsion in a form which makes



individual identification possible.  The Census statute makes no



distinction between information about natural persons and informa-



tion about business entities, with the result that Census does not



ordinarily publish micro-data records about businesses which are



compiled under its Title 13 authority, even though the information



content itself may be publicly available from other sources.  A



literal reading of Title 13 prevents disclosure of any information



collected under its authority and as a consequence, strict suppres-



sion procedures are applied to assure that no given item of



information can be attributed directly or by inference to an



identifiable respondent.



     The Federal Reports Act [l3a] is a record management statute



which applies to solicitation of information by Federal agencies



from ten or more respondents.  Because of its restrictive



provisions on interagency transfer, it is not an effective



mechanism for authorizing transfers of identifiable data for



statistical purposes.  Under its provisions, statistical data can



generally be transferred only in anonymous format, unless the



requesting agency either has consent of each record subject, or has



the power,



 



                                100



 



 



 



 



 



supported by criminal sanctions, to compel the public to provide it



with the pertinent information: Such power is exceptional,



particularly with reference to information for statistical use.



     Some recent statutes which have been enacted to protect



privacy and confidentiality of information collected by the Federal



government have dealt with statistical information in ways that



still frustrate legitimate statistical needs.  Unless the



individual consents to the disclosure, the Privacy Act of 1974



prohibits any disclosure of identifiable information except to



specified classes of recipients.  Statistical information can be



disclosed only in a form which does not permit individual



identification.  Under this provision by itself, no administrative



file linkage in identifiable form would be possible for statistical



purposes except within the agency which collected all the



information in the files to be matched.  The Privacy Act basis on



which agencies have disclosed data for statistical use is the



provision that allows disclosure for a "routine use" which is



"compatible" with the purpose for which the agency originally



collected the information.  Under this provision, some



administrative file linkage is performed by agencies which have



joint statistical interest in the merged records, and which



demonstrate compatibility of agency purposes in order to warrant



the necessary disclosure.  The Social Security Administration and



Treasury, for instance, have created some match files which merge



demographic, earnings, and income tax information for a sample of



individuals whose records are contained in both agencies'



administrative files.  Once these files are created, they are



purged of explicit identifiers, and are used in anonymous form for



analysis by both agencies and by Congressional oversight committee



staff.  With additional suppression of information (such as



geography or extremely high income level) which might lead



inferentially to identification of some individuals, a public use



microdata version can be produced. [14]



     As noted elsewhere in this report, the Tax Reform Act of 1976



has placed stringent restrictions on the disclosure and use of



information collected by IRS from and about taxpayers, both



individual and business or institutional.  Information about



earnings and withholding subject to the Social Security Act,



including self-employment earnings, is defined by the Tax Reform



Act to be within its scope.  As such, it is governed by the



confidentiality provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, which



provides expressly but not generously for statistical applications,



and which does not allow discretion for disclosure to statistical



agencies not named in the statute.  As described elsewhere in this



report, these provisions have caused serious obstacles to many



useful applications of files such as the CWHS and the SSEL.



Other statutes of record confidentiality and statutory treatment of



statistical data tend to be piecemeal in coverage and rather



arbitrary in scope:



     Data collections sponsored by the Department of Justice Bureau



of Statistics, formerly the Law Enforcement Assistance



Administration (LEAA) for research, including statistical



compilations, are protected from compulsory disclosure, and are



permitted to be disclosed voluntarily to other researchers in



accordance with LEAA approved transfer agreements.  These



statistical records may be compiled from administrative files such



as arrest and conviction records, and obtain protection as a func-



tion of LEAA funding. [15]



     Certain statistical files compiled under HHS drug treatment



research authority may likewise acquire immunity from compulsory



disclosure, either on the basis of their funding, or on the basis



of their designation by the HHS Secretary.[16]



     With opposite effect, some legislative and policy initiatives



create pressures for greater statistical use, but also for



administrative use of statistical findings.  The National Center



for Health Statistics (NCHS) for instance not only has a mandate to



continue its statistical activities, but is also directed to be the



central force for expanding epidemiological studies in



environmental and occupational exposures to harmful substances. 



This mandate also includes a duty to locate and inform persons who



have been exposed, and to assist there in obtaining treatment. 



Related to this, the National Institutes of Occupational Safety and



Health (NIOSH) was provided an exception from IRS confidentiality



rules in order to locate individuals found to have been exposed to



known hazards. (26 U.S.C. 6103).



     The Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) makes a somewhat jagged



cut across these various disclosure provisions.  Information about



natural persons which is covered by the Privacy Act, for instance,



must be disclosed under FOIA unless its disclosure would be a



"clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy," or unless it is



protected by another statute, such as Census Title 13.  FOIA



requires that information about business firms must be disclosed



unless its disclosure would breach trade secrets or reveal



confidential financial information, or unless the disclosure is



prohibited by another statute, such as the Internal Revenue Code. 



Other statutes interact similarly with FOIA in various patterns of



inconsistency, insofar as the substantive content of the files is



concerned.



     In addition to statutes, government agency regulations or



guidelines may complicate statistical applications based on



administrative records.  The Office of Management and Budget



recently published guidelines under its Privacy Act authority,



applicable to Federal agencies, record matching activities for



purposes of fraud detection. [17]  These guidelines also apply



(somewhat less string-



 



                                101



 



 



 



 



 



ently) to matches for purposes other than antifraud enforcement. 



Although the guidelines do not prohibit file linkage, they do



require reporting to Congress and OMB in advance of any matching



activities.  there is an exception for matching of files within an



agency, for statistical purposes, but it is by no means clear



whether agencies must give prior notice of planned interagency



matches derived from administrative files for statistical analysis. 



Similarly unclear is the status of user files which are provided to



agencies to identify sets of individuals for whom record



information is to be extracted and matched to augment user



information in a file which the agency is asked to create in order



to prepare specified statistical tabulations.



     More recently, OMB and EEOC have jointly published a notice of



proposed guidelines for the collection of race/ ethnic data on



application forms.  In their present language, those guidelines



permit the collection of such information, subject to their



required availability for equal rights compliance.  Social



Security's Application for a Social Security Number (Form SS-5),



collects race/ ethnic data on a voluntary basis for statistical



use, but prohibits its disclosure in identifiable form for non-



statistical use, thus permitting release only in summary form for



compliance purposes.  While these principles of collection and



disclosure need not be in conflict, considerable care and



sensitivity will be needed to assure faithful treatment of



confidential information provided, for statistical purposes, as



well as effective pursuit of affirmative action goals.



 



 



             C. Summary and Directions for the future



 



     The discussion makes clear that the legal issues associated



with expanding statistical use of administrative records are



complex, often changing, and sometimes inconsistent in their



results.  Some insights are possible when the legal issues are



examined as questions of access, use and disclosure of records. 



From that starting point the emerging principles can be related to



privacy and confidentiality as key concepts underlying those



principles, and as embodied in legislative efforts to achieve



functional separation.



     The current Administration's Privacy Initiative and the



President's Statistical Reorganization Project have made



recommendations leading to legislative proposals for functional



separation which would create quite different mechanisms for the



protection of statistical records than for protection of research



records, as the terms are defined in the respective proposals. 



Nevertheless, the line of demarcation between statistical and



research records and uses is not an obvious one, and the two bills



would interact to produce a complicated matrix of criteria.



These legislative proposals are complex and need careful thought



for the full implications to collectors and users of statistical



information in specific applications.  In general, however, their



dual thrust is first to establish conditions permitting freer



availability of information among agencies for statistical use,



including agency access to Census records, and then to protect



files from being used for individual actions and decisions, once



the information in them has been compiled and designated by



statisticians for statistical use.  These broad goals are of great



importance to the work of statisticians both inside and outside the



government agencies which maintain administrative files.



 



 



                     D.  Notes and References



 



(1)  See, for example: Louis Harris and Associates, Inc., and Dr.



     Alan F. Westin, "The Dimensions of Privacy: A National Opinion



     Research Survey of Attitudes Toward Privacy, conducted for the



     Sentry Insurance Co., 1979.



(2)  Privacy Act of 1974; 5 U.S.C. .552a(e).



(3)  Personal Privacy in an Information Society.  Report of the



     Privacy Protection Study Commission, July 1977.  Chapter 15,



     "The Relationship Between Citizen and Government: The Citizen



     as Participant in Research and Statistical Studies."



(4)  Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-46.



(5)  Report of the Commission on Federal Paperwork, 1978.



(6)  Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. .552.



(7)  The Administration's proposed bill "Confidentiality of Federal



     Statistical Records," is based on the recommendations of the



     President's Statistical Reorganization Project, and was



     circulated by  OMB for agency review in mid-1979.



(8)  Privacy of Research Records Act of 1979, and administration



     bill, based on recommendations of the Privacy Protection Study



     Commission and the President's Privacy initiative.



(9)  The Tax Reform Act of 1976, P.L. 94-455, 94th Congress. 



     October 4. 1976.



(10) 26 U.S.C. .6103(1) (5)



(11) 26 U.S.C. .6103(l) (1)



(12) 26 U.S.C. .6103(n)



(13) Radner, D., "Report on Exact and Statistical



 



                                102



 



 



 



 



 



     Matching Techniques," to be published in 1980 as an Office of



     Statistical Policy and Standards (OFSPS) Working Paper.



(13a)     Federal Reports Act, 44 U.S.C. .3.501-3511



(14) DelBene, L., 1972 Augmented Individual Income Tax Model Exact



     Match File, Report No. 9, Studies from Interagency Data



     Linkages, 1979.



(15) 28 CFR Part 22, implementing section 524(a) of the Omnibus



     Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, as amended, 42



     U.S.C. .3371.



(16) 42 U.S.C.. .242m, .4582; 21 U.S.C. .1175



(17) Office of Management and Budget (OMB) "Guidelines for the



     Conduct of Matching Pro.grams," Federal Register, March 30,



     1979.



 



                                103



 



 



 



 



 



                            References



 



     Alexander, L. and Jabine, T. "Access to Social Security



Microdata Files for Research and Statistical Purposes." Social



Security Bulletin. August 1978.



     ______,   with Scheuren, F. and Yohalem, M. "The 1976 Tax



Reform Act and the Statistical Program of the Office of Research



and Statistics," working paper prepared for the Subcommittee on



Oversight of the House Ways and Means Committee.



     Alvey,  W. and Aziz,  F. "Mortality Reporting in SSA Linked



Data: Preliminary Results," Social Security Bulletin. November



1979.



     Bateman,  D. V. and Cowan,  C. D. "Plans for 1980 Census



Coverage Evaluation." Proceedings of the Survey Research Methods



Section of the American Statistical Association. 1979.



     Bounpane, P. and Jordan,  C. "Plans for Coverage Improvement



in the 1980 Census," Proceedings of the Social Statistics Section



of the American Statistical Association, 1978, 12-20.



     Buckler,  W. and Smith, C. "The Continuous Work History



Sample: Description and Contents," in Policy Analysis with Social



Security Research Files.  U.S. Social Security Administration,



1978.



     Cartwright,  D. "Major Geographic Limitations for CWHS Files



and Prospects for Improvement," Review of Public Data Use. March



1979.



     Chandrasekaran, C. and Deming, W. "On a Method of Estimating



Birth and Death Rates and the Extent of Registration," Journal of



the American Statistical Association. March 1949, 101-115.



     Commission on Federal Paperwork.  Administrative Reform in



Welfare. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., June



1977.



     Commission on Federal Paperwork.  Report of the Commission,



U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 1978.



     DelBene, L. "Augmented Individual Income Tax Model Exact Match



File," Report No. 9, Studies from Interagency Data Linkages, U.S.



Social Security Administration, 1979.



     Dunn, E.S. "Review of Proposal for a National Data Center,"



Memorandum Report to the Office of Statistical Standards, U.S.



Bureau of the Budget, December 1965.



     Fay, R. and Herriot, R. "Estimates of Income for Small



Places:   An Application of James-Stein Procedures to Census Data."



Journal of the American Statistical Association, 1979, 269-277.



     Fellegi, P. and Phillips,  J. L. "Statistical Confidentiality: 



Some Theory and Applications to Data Dissemination," Annals of



Economic and Social Measurement, National Bureau of Economic



Research, April 1974.



     Goldsmith, J, and Hirschberg, D. "Mortality and Industrial



Employment (1)," Journal of Occupational Medicine, 18 (1976). 161-



164.



     Hansen, M.H. "The Role and Feasibility of a National Data



Bank.  Based on Matched Records and Interviews," in the Report of



the President's Commission on Federal Statistics. Vol. 2, 1971, 1-



63.



     Hausman, L. Characteristics of Selected Income-Tested



Programs, U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, May



1977.



     Huang, H. and Kasprzyk, D. An Examination of the Relative



Benefits of Selected Sample Designs for the SIPP: ISDP Working



paper #5, U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. 



November 1978.



     Jacobson,  L. "Worker Displacement in the Steel Industry,"



Policy Analysis with Social Security Research Files, U.S. Social



Security Administration, 1978.



     Jeane, Maxwell D. and Powell, John F. Memorandum on 1972 CBR



Area Sample/ 1972 Economic Census Reconciliation Study," U.S.



Bureau of the Census, October 31, 1977.



     Kaluzny, R. Site Test Analysis: Characteristics of the Data



Base, U.S. Department of Health, Education. and Welfare, May 1979.



     ______, and Butler, J. The Effect of instrument Design on the



Reporting of AFDC and SSI Income: A Multinomial Approach, U.S.



Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, March 1980.



     ______, Kilss,  B. and Scheuren, F. "The 1973 CPS-IRS-SSA



Exact Match Study." Social Security Bulletin, October 1978.



     ______, and (with F. Aziz and L. DelBene).  "The 1973 CPS-IRS-



SSA Exact Match Study: Past, Present and Future," Policy Analysis



with Social Security Research Files, U.S. Social Security Ad-



ministration, 1979. 163-194.



     Kitagawa, E. M. and Hauser, P. M. Differential Mortality in



the United States: A Study in Socioeconomic



 



                                104



 



 



 



 



 



Epidemiology, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1973.



     Klein, B. Validating AFDC Recipiency from the.  Site Research



Survey Using a Known Sample of Recipients, U.S. Department of



Health, Education, and Welfare, forthcoming 1980.



     Koteen, G. and Grayson, P. "Quality of Occupation Information



on Tax Returns, " Proceedings of the Survey Research Methods



Section of the American Statistical Association, 1979.



     Lininger, C. (ed.). Survey of Income and Program Participation



(SIPP) Conference Final Report, U.S. Department of Health,



Education, and Welfare, August 1979.



     Mahoney, B., Ycas, M., Kasprzyk, D., and Huang, H. Trade-offs



in the Collection of Income,  Wealth, and Program Statistics, U.S.



Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, June 1978.



     Marks, E., Seltzer, W., and Krotki, K. Population Growth



Estimation: A Handbook of Vital Statistics Measurement, New York:



The Population Council, 1974.



     ______, Jones, C., Cullimore, S, and Foster, B. "Memorandum



for the Task Force on Coverage Improvement Procedures, Subject:



Proposal for Use of Nonhousehold Sources for Coverage Improvement,"



U.S. Bureau of the Census, October 18, 1974.



     National Bureau of Economic Research.  Studies in Income and



Wealth: An Appraisal of the 1950 Census Income Data, Vol. 23. 1958.



     National Commission on Employment and Unemployment Statistics. 



Counting the Labor Force, U.S. Government Printing Office,



Washington, D.C., Labor Day, 1979.



     Novoa, R. "Preliminary Evaluation Results Memorandum of the



1970 Census, No. 21, Subject: Listing



     Census Coverage Through Drivers Licenses (E22-No. 3)," U.S.



Bureau of the Census, October 21, 1971.  Office of Management and. 



Budget, "Guidelines for the Conduct of Matching Programs," Federal



Register, March 30, 1979.



     The President's Statistical Reorganization Project, Federal



Statistical System Project Issues and Options, Draft Report,



November 1978.



     Privacy Protection Study Commission.  "The Relationship



Between Citizen and Government the Citizen as Participant in



Research and Statistical Studies," Chapter 15 in Personal Privacy



in an In .formation Society.  Report of the PPSC, July 1977.



     Schneider, P. and Knott, J., "Accuracy of Census Data as



Measured by the 1970 CPS-Census-IRS Matching Study "Proceedings of



the Social Statistics Section of the American Statistical



Association, 1973, 152-159.



     Schiller, B., "Relative Earnings Mobility in the United



States," Policy Analysis with Social Security Research Files, U.S.



Social Security Administration, 1978.



     Steinberg, J., Multiple Frame Sampling Approach General



Framework of Alternative Approaches, U.S. Department of Health,



Education, and Welfare, December 1976.



     ______, Multiple Frame Sampling Approach-Proposed



     Design of a Pilot Test, U.S. Department of Health, Education,



and Welfare, February 1977.



     Stephenson, S . (ed.), Survey Research Issues Workshop:



Proceedings, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare,



August 1978. .



     Thompson, J., " 1976 Census of Camden, New Jersey Results



Memorandum No. 15, Subject: Primary Results of the Camden



Nonhousehold Sources Coverage Improvement Program," U.S. Bureau of



the Census, October 28, 1977.



     ______, "1976 Census of Travis County Results Memorandum No.



34, Subject: Travis County Nonhousehold Sources Program," U.S.



Bureau of the Census, December 8, 1977.



     ______, " 1976 Census of Camden,- New Jersey, Results



Memorandum No. 24, Subject: Additional Results of the Camden



Nonhousehold Sources Coverage Improvement Program," U.S. Bureau of



the Census, October 25, 1978.



     ______, "The Nonhousehold Sources Coverage Improvement



Program." Proceedings of the Social Statistics Section of the



American Statistical Association, 1978,435-440.



     U.S. Department of Commerce.  Bureau of the Census.  "Infant



Enumeration Study: 1950 Completeness of Enumeration of Infants



Related to: Residence, Race, Birth Month, Age and Education of



Mother, Occupation of Father," Procedural Studies of the 1950



Census.  No.. 1, 1963.



     ______. Evaluation and Research Program of the U.S. Censuses



of  Population and Housing, 1960.  The Employer Record Check,



Series ER60, No. 6, 1965.



     ______. 1970 Census of Population and Housing: Evaluation and



Research Program: Test of Birth Registration Completeness 1964 to



1968, PHC(E)-2, 1973a.



     ______. "1970 Census of Population and Housing: Evaluation and



Research Program: Estimates of Coverage of Population by Sex, Race,



and Age: Demographic Analysis, PHC(E)-4, 1973b.



     ______. 1970 Census of Population and Housing Evaluation and



Research Program: The Medicare Record



 



                                105



 



 



 



 



 



Check:    An Evaluation Of the Coverage of Persons 65 Years of Age



and Over in the 1970 Census.  PHC(E)-7. 1973c.



     ______. The Standard Statistical Establishment List program,



Technical Paper 44, January 1979.



     U.S. Department of Commerce.  Bureau of Economic Analysis. 



Regional Work Force Characteristics and Migration Data: A Handbook



on the Social Security Continuous Work History Sample and Its



Application, 1976.



     U.S. Department of Commerce.  Office of Federal Statistical



Policy and Standards.  "Report on Exact and Statistical Matching



Techniques," Statistical Policy Working Paper 5, 1980.



     U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.  Social Security



Administration.  Annual Statistical Supplement series to the Social



Security Bulletin.



     ______. LASS Working Notes Series, Nos. 1-7, 1979.



     ______. Statistical Uses of Administrative Records with



Emphasis on Mortality and Disability Research (Selected papers



given at the 1979 Annual Meeting of the American Statistical



Association in Washington, D.C.), October 1979.



     Vaughan.  D. Errors in Reporting Supplemental Security Income



Recipiency in a Pilot Household Survey, U.S. Department of Health,



Education, and Welfare.  August 1979.



     Westin, A. F. "The Dimensions of Privacy: A National opinion



Research, Survey of Attitudes Toward Privacy." A Louis Harris and



Associates, Inc.  Survey conducted for the Sentry insurance Co.,



1979.



     Wittes, J. "Applications of a Multinomial Capture/Recapture



Model to Epidemiological Data," Journal of the American Statistical



Association, March 1974, 93-97.



     Woltman, H. and Smith, W. Preliminary Finding on Dual vs. 



Triple System Estimation, Internal U.S. Bureau of the Census



memorandum, June 4, 1979.



     Word, D. L. "Population Estimates by Race for States: July 1,



1973 and 1975." Current Population Reports.  Special Studies,



Series P-23, No. 67, 1978.



     Ycas, M. An Introduction to the Income Survey Development



program. U.S. Department of Health.  Education, and Welfare, August



1979.



 



*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1981-327~698/7103



 



                                106



 



 



 



 



 



 Reports Available In the Statistical Policy working Paper Series



 



1.   Report on Statistics for Allocation of Funds GPO Stock Number



     003-005-00178-6, price $2.40.



 



2.   Report on Statistical Disclosure and Disclosure-Avoidance



     Techniques   GPO Stock Number 003-005-00177-8, price $2.50.



 



3.   An Error Profile: Employment as Measured by the Current



     Population Survey GPO Stock Number 003-005-00182-4, price



     $2.75.



 



4.   Glossary of Nonsampling Error Terms: An Illustration of a



     Semantic Problem in Statistics (A limited number of free



     copies are available from OFSPS).



 



5.   Report on Exact and Statistical Matching Techniques.  GPO



     Stock Number 003-005-00186-7, price $3.50.



 



6.   Report on Statistical Uses of Administrative Records.



 



Copies of these working papers, as indicated, may be ordered from

the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,

Washington, D.C. 20402.

 

 

 

(sw6.html)

ARROW UP

 


Page Last Modified: April 20, 2007 FCSM Home
Methodology Reports